Fix thinko in help of "set breakpoint condition-evaluation".
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GDB.
6
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
11
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
19
20 #include "defs.h"
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
22 #include <ctype.h>
23 #include "hashtab.h"
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
28 #include "gdbtypes.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
30 #include "gdbcore.h"
31 #include "gdbcmd.h"
32 #include "value.h"
33 #include "command.h"
34 #include "inferior.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
36 #include "target.h"
37 #include "language.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
41 #include "annotate.h"
42 #include "symfile.h"
43 #include "objfiles.h"
44 #include "source.h"
45 #include "linespec.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
47 #include "gdb.h"
48 #include "ui-out.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
51 #include "block.h"
52 #include "solib.h"
53 #include "solist.h"
54 #include "observer.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
56 #include "memattr.h"
57 #include "ada-lang.h"
58 #include "top.h"
59 #include "valprint.h"
60 #include "jit.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "continuations.h"
65 #include "stack.h"
66 #include "skip.h"
67 #include "record.h"
68 #include "gdb_regex.h"
69 #include "ax-gdb.h"
70
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/readline.h"
73 #include "readline/history.h"
74
75 /* readline defines this. */
76 #undef savestring
77
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "python/python.h"
80
81 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
82
83 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
84
85 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90
91 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92
93 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint *,
94 void *),
95 void *);
96
97 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
98
99 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
100
101 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *);
102
103 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
104 struct linespec_result *,
105 enum bptype, char *,
106 char **);
107
108 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *,
109 struct linespec_result *,
110 struct linespec_sals *,
111 char *, enum bptype,
112 enum bpdisp, int, int,
113 int,
114 const struct breakpoint_ops *,
115 int, int, int);
116
117 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *, char **,
118 struct symtabs_and_lines *);
119
120 static void clear_command (char *, int);
121
122 static void catch_command (char *, int);
123
124 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
125
126 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
127
128 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
129
130 static struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *,
131 enum bptype,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
133 static struct bp_location *add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *,
134 const struct symtab_and_line *);
135
136 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
137 static. */
138 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
139 struct symtab_and_line,
140 enum bptype,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops *);
142
143 static struct breakpoint *
144 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
145 enum bptype type,
146 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
147
148 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
149
150 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
151 CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
152 enum bptype bptype);
153
154 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *,
155 struct program_space *, CORE_ADDR,
156 struct obj_section *, int);
157
158 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1,
159 CORE_ADDR addr1,
160 struct address_space *aspace2,
161 CORE_ADDR addr2);
162
163 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
164 struct bp_location *loc2);
165
166 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
167 struct address_space *aspace,
168 CORE_ADDR addr);
169
170 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
171
172 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
173
174 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
175 int (*) (const struct breakpoint *));
176
177 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
178
179 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
180
181 static void commands_command (char *, int);
182
183 static void condition_command (char *, int);
184
185 typedef enum
186 {
187 mark_inserted,
188 mark_uninserted
189 }
190 insertion_state_t;
191
192 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
193 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
194
195 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
196
197 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
198
199 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
200
201 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
202
203 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *);
204
205 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
206 enum bptype type,
207 int *other_type_used);
208
209 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
210
211 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
212
213 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp,
214 int count);
215
216 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
217
218 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
219
220 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
221
222 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
223
224 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
225 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
226
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
228
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
230
231 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *,
232 CORE_ADDR pc);
233
234 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
235 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
236 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **loc);
237
238 static struct bp_location *allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt);
239
240 static void update_global_location_list (int);
241
242 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
243
244 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt);
245
246 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
247
248 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b);
249
250 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
251
252 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
253
254 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
255
256 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
257
258 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
259
260 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b);
261
262 static struct bp_location **get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address);
263
264 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
265 otherwise. */
266
267 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b);
268
269 static void init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
270 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
271 char *cond_string,
272 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops);
273
274 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
275 from. */
276 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops;
277
278 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
279 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
280 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
282
283 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops;
285
286 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
287 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops;
288
289 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
290 breakpoints. */
291 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
292
293 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
294 breakpoints share a single command list. */
295 struct counted_command_line
296 {
297 /* The reference count. */
298 int refc;
299
300 /* The command list. */
301 struct command_line *commands;
302 };
303
304 struct command_line *
305 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint *b)
306 {
307 return b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
308 }
309
310 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
311 current breakpoint. */
312
313 static int breakpoint_proceeded;
314
315 const char *
316 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp)
317 {
318 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
319 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
320 a breakpoint. */
321 static const char * const bpdisps[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
322
323 return bpdisps[(int) disp];
324 }
325
326 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
327 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
328 if such is available. */
329 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
330
331 static void
332 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
333 struct cmd_list_element *c,
334 const char *value)
335 {
336 fprintf_filtered (file,
337 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
338 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
339 value);
340 }
341
342 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
343 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
344 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
345 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
346 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
347 static void
348 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
349 struct cmd_list_element *c,
350 const char *value)
351 {
352 fprintf_filtered (file,
353 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
354 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
355 value);
356 }
357
358 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
359 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
360 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
361 use hardware breakpoints. */
362 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
363 static void
364 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
365 struct cmd_list_element *c,
366 const char *value)
367 {
368 fprintf_filtered (file,
369 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
370 value);
371 }
372
373 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
374 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
375 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
376 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
377 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
378
379 static const char always_inserted_auto[] = "auto";
380 static const char always_inserted_on[] = "on";
381 static const char always_inserted_off[] = "off";
382 static const char *const always_inserted_enums[] = {
383 always_inserted_auto,
384 always_inserted_off,
385 always_inserted_on,
386 NULL
387 };
388 static const char *always_inserted_mode = always_inserted_auto;
389 static void
390 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
391 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
392 {
393 if (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto)
394 fprintf_filtered (file,
395 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
396 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
397 value,
398 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
399 else
400 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
401 value);
402 }
403
404 int
405 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
406 {
407 return ((always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_on
408 || (always_inserted_mode == always_inserted_auto && non_stop))
409 && !RECORD_IS_USED);
410 }
411
412 static const char condition_evaluation_both[] = "host or target";
413
414 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
415 static const char condition_evaluation_auto[] = "auto";
416 static const char condition_evaluation_host[] = "host";
417 static const char condition_evaluation_target[] = "target";
418 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums[] = {
419 condition_evaluation_auto,
420 condition_evaluation_host,
421 condition_evaluation_target,
422 NULL
423 };
424
425 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
426 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_auto;
427
428 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
429 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_auto;
431
432 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
433 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
434 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
435 evaluation mode. */
436
437 static const char *
438 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode)
439 {
440 if (mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
441 {
442 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
443 return condition_evaluation_target;
444 else
445 return condition_evaluation_host;
446 }
447 else
448 return mode;
449 }
450
451 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
452
453 static const char *
454 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
455 {
456 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
457 }
458
459 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
460 otherwise. */
461
462 static int
463 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
464 {
465 const char *mode = breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
466
467 return (mode == condition_evaluation_host);
468 }
469
470 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
471
472 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
473 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
474
475 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
476 static int overlay_events_enabled;
477
478 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
479 int target_exact_watchpoints = 0;
480
481 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
483 current breakpoint. */
484
485 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
486
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
490 B = TMP)
491
492 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
493 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
494 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
495
496 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
497 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
498 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
499 BP_TMP++)
500
501 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
502 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
503 to where the loop should start from.
504 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
505 appropriate location to start with. */
506
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
508 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
509 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
510 BP_LOCP_START \
511 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
512 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
513 BP_LOCP_TMP++)
514
515 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
516
517 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
518 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
519 if (is_tracepoint (B))
520
521 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
522
523 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
524
525 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
526
527 static struct bp_location **bp_location;
528
529 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
530
531 static unsigned bp_location_count;
532
533 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
534 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
535 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
536 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
537 an address you need to read. */
538
539 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max;
540
541 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
542 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
543 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
544 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
545 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
546
547 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max;
548
549 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
550 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
551 by a target. */
552 VEC(bp_location_p) *moribund_locations = NULL;
553
554 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
555
556 static int breakpoint_count;
557
558 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
559 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
560 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
561 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
562 static int prev_breakpoint_count;
563
564 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
565
566 static int tracepoint_count;
567
568 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
569 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
570 struct cmd_list_element *save_cmdlist;
571
572 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
573 static int
574 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
575 {
576 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
577 }
578
579 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
580
581 static void
582 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
583 {
584 prev_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
585 breakpoint_count = num;
586 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num);
587 }
588
589 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
590 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
591 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
592
593 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
594 breakpoint made. */
595
596 void
597 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
598 {
599 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count = breakpoint_count;
600 }
601
602 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
603 breakpoint made. */
604
605 void
606 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
607 {
608 prev_breakpoint_count = rbreak_start_breakpoint_count;
609 }
610
611 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
612
613 void
614 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
615 {
616 struct breakpoint *b;
617
618 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
619 b->hit_count = 0;
620 }
621
622 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
623 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
624
625 static struct counted_command_line *
626 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line *commands)
627 {
628 struct counted_command_line *result
629 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line));
630
631 result->refc = 1;
632 result->commands = commands;
633 return result;
634 }
635
636 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
637
638 static void
639 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line *cmd)
640 {
641 if (cmd)
642 ++cmd->refc;
643 }
644
645 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
646 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
647 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
648
649 static void
650 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
651 {
652 if (*cmdp)
653 {
654 if (--(*cmdp)->refc == 0)
655 {
656 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp)->commands);
657 xfree (*cmdp);
658 }
659 *cmdp = NULL;
660 }
661 }
662
663 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
664
665 static void
666 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg)
667 {
668 decref_counted_command_line (arg);
669 }
670
671 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
672 argument. */
673
674 static struct cleanup *
675 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line **cmdp)
676 {
677 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line, cmdp);
678 }
679
680 \f
681 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
682 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
683
684 struct breakpoint *
685 get_breakpoint (int num)
686 {
687 struct breakpoint *b;
688
689 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
690 if (b->number == num)
691 return b;
692
693 return NULL;
694 }
695
696 \f
697
698 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
699 evaluating conditions on its side. */
700
701 static void
702 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint *b)
703 {
704 struct bp_location *loc;
705
706 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
707 evaluating conditions and if the user has
708 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
709 side. */
710 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
711 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
712 return;
713
714 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
715 return;
716
717 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
718 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
719 }
720
721 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
722 evaluating conditions on its side. */
723
724 static void
725 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location *loc)
726 {
727 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
728 evaluating conditions and if the user has
729 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
730 side. */
731 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
732 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
733
734 return;
735
736 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner))
737 return;
738
739 loc->condition_changed = condition_modified;
740 }
741
742 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
743 condition_evaluation_mode. */
744
745 static void
746 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args, int from_tty,
747 struct cmd_list_element *c)
748 {
749 struct breakpoint *b;
750 const char *old_mode, *new_mode;
751
752 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1 == condition_evaluation_target)
753 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
754 {
755 condition_evaluation_mode_1 = condition_evaluation_mode;
756 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
757 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
758 return;
759 }
760
761 new_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1);
762 old_mode = translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode);
763
764 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
765 settings was "auto". */
766 condition_evaluation_mode = condition_evaluation_mode_1;
767
768 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
769 if (new_mode != old_mode)
770 {
771 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_tmp;
772 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
773 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
774
775 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
776 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
777 */
778
779 if (new_mode == condition_evaluation_target)
780 {
781 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
782 target. */
783 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
784 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
785 }
786 else
787 {
788 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
789 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
790 target knows about. */
791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_tmp)
792 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->inserted)
793 loc->needs_update = 1;
794 }
795
796 /* Do the update. */
797 update_global_location_list (1);
798 }
799
800 return;
801 }
802
803 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
804 what "auto" is translating to. */
805
806 static void
807 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
808 struct cmd_list_element *c, const char *value)
809 {
810 if (condition_evaluation_mode == condition_evaluation_auto)
811 fprintf_filtered (file,
812 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
813 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
814 value,
815 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
816 else
817 fprintf_filtered (file, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
818 value);
819 }
820
821 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
822 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
823 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
824
825 static int
826 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap, const void *bp)
827 {
828 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
829 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
830
831 if (a->address == b->address)
832 return 0;
833 else
834 return ((a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address));
835 }
836
837 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
838 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
839 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
840 return NULL. */
841
842 static struct bp_location **
843 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address)
844 {
845 struct bp_location dummy_loc;
846 struct bp_location *dummy_locp = &dummy_loc;
847 struct bp_location **locp_found = NULL;
848
849 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
850 memset (&dummy_loc, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location));
851 dummy_loc.address = address;
852
853 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
854 locp_found = bsearch (&dummy_locp, bp_location, bp_location_count,
855 sizeof (struct bp_location **),
856 bp_location_compare_addrs);
857
858 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
859 if (locp_found == NULL)
860 return NULL;
861
862 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
863 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
864 while ((locp_found - 1) >= bp_location
865 && (*(locp_found - 1))->address == address)
866 locp_found--;
867
868 return locp_found;
869 }
870
871 void
872 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint *b, char *exp,
873 int from_tty)
874 {
875 xfree (b->cond_string);
876 b->cond_string = NULL;
877
878 if (is_watchpoint (b))
879 {
880 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
881
882 xfree (w->cond_exp);
883 w->cond_exp = NULL;
884 }
885 else
886 {
887 struct bp_location *loc;
888
889 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
890 {
891 xfree (loc->cond);
892 loc->cond = NULL;
893
894 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
895 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
896 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
897 }
898 }
899
900 if (*exp == 0)
901 {
902 if (from_tty)
903 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b->number);
904 }
905 else
906 {
907 char *arg = exp;
908
909 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
910 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
911 b->cond_string = xstrdup (arg);
912 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
913
914 if (is_watchpoint (b))
915 {
916 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
917
918 innermost_block = NULL;
919 arg = exp;
920 w->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
921 if (*arg)
922 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
923 w->cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
924 }
925 else
926 {
927 struct bp_location *loc;
928
929 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
930 {
931 arg = exp;
932 loc->cond =
933 parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
934 if (*arg)
935 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
936 }
937 }
938 }
939 mark_breakpoint_modified (b);
940
941 breakpoints_changed ();
942 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
943 }
944
945 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
946
947 static void
948 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
949 {
950 struct breakpoint *b;
951 char *p;
952 int bnum;
953
954 if (arg == 0)
955 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
956
957 p = arg;
958 bnum = get_number (&p);
959 if (bnum == 0)
960 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
961
962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
963 if (b->number == bnum)
964 {
965 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
966 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
967 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
968 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
969 if (b->py_bp_object
970 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b->py_bp_object))
971 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
972 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
973 set_breakpoint_condition (b, p, from_tty);
974
975 if (is_breakpoint (b))
976 update_global_location_list (1);
977
978 return;
979 }
980
981 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
982 }
983
984 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
985 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
986 Throw if any such commands is found. */
987
988 static void
989 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line *commands)
990 {
991 struct command_line *c;
992
993 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
994 {
995 int i;
996
997 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
998 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
999 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1000
1001 for (i = 0; i < c->body_count; ++i)
1002 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c->body_list)[i]);
1003
1004 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1005 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1006 command directly. */
1007 if (strstr (c->line, "collect ") == c->line)
1008 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1009
1010 if (strstr (c->line, "teval ") == c->line)
1011 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1012 }
1013 }
1014
1015 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1016
1017 static int
1018 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type)
1019 {
1020 return (type == bp_tracepoint
1021 || type == bp_fast_tracepoint
1022 || type == bp_static_tracepoint);
1023 }
1024
1025 int
1026 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
1027 {
1028 return is_tracepoint_type (b->type);
1029 }
1030
1031 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1032 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1033 found. */
1034
1035 static void
1036 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
1037 struct command_line *commands)
1038 {
1039 if (is_tracepoint (b))
1040 {
1041 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1042 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1043 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1044 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1045 struct command_line *c;
1046 struct command_line *while_stepping = 0;
1047 for (c = commands; c; c = c->next)
1048 {
1049 if (c->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1050 {
1051 if (b->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
1052 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1053 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1054 else if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1055 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1056 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1057
1058 if (while_stepping)
1059 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1060 "can be used only once"));
1061 else
1062 while_stepping = c;
1063 }
1064 }
1065 if (while_stepping)
1066 {
1067 struct command_line *c2;
1068
1069 gdb_assert (while_stepping->body_count == 1);
1070 c2 = while_stepping->body_list[0];
1071 for (; c2; c2 = c2->next)
1072 {
1073 if (c2->control_type == while_stepping_control)
1074 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1075 }
1076 }
1077 }
1078 else
1079 {
1080 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands);
1081 }
1082 }
1083
1084 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1085 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1086
1087 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
1088 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr)
1089 {
1090 struct breakpoint *b;
1091 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
1092 struct bp_location *loc;
1093
1094 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
1095 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
1096 {
1097 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
1098 if (loc->address == addr)
1099 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
1100 }
1101
1102 return found;
1103 }
1104
1105 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1106 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1107
1108 void
1109 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint *b,
1110 struct command_line *commands)
1111 {
1112 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, commands);
1113
1114 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1115 b->commands = alloc_counted_command_line (commands);
1116 breakpoints_changed ();
1117 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1118 }
1119
1120 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1121 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1122 commands. */
1123
1124 void
1125 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint *b, int silent)
1126 {
1127 int old_silent = b->silent;
1128
1129 b->silent = silent;
1130 if (old_silent != silent)
1131 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1132 }
1133
1134 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1135 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1136
1137 void
1138 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b, int thread)
1139 {
1140 int old_thread = b->thread;
1141
1142 b->thread = thread;
1143 if (old_thread != thread)
1144 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1145 }
1146
1147 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1148 breakpoint work for any task. */
1149
1150 void
1151 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint *b, int task)
1152 {
1153 int old_task = b->task;
1154
1155 b->task = task;
1156 if (old_task != task)
1157 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1158 }
1159
1160 void
1161 check_tracepoint_command (char *line, void *closure)
1162 {
1163 struct breakpoint *b = closure;
1164
1165 validate_actionline (&line, b);
1166 }
1167
1168 /* A structure used to pass information through
1169 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1170
1171 struct commands_info
1172 {
1173 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1174 int from_tty;
1175
1176 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1177 char *arg;
1178
1179 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1180 already-parsed command. */
1181 struct command_line *control;
1182
1183 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1184 yet been read. */
1185 struct counted_command_line *cmd;
1186 };
1187
1188 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1189 commands_command. */
1190
1191 static void
1192 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint *b, void *data)
1193 {
1194 struct commands_info *info = data;
1195
1196 if (info->cmd == NULL)
1197 {
1198 struct command_line *l;
1199
1200 if (info->control != NULL)
1201 l = copy_command_lines (info->control->body_list[0]);
1202 else
1203 {
1204 struct cleanup *old_chain;
1205 char *str;
1206
1207 str = xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1208 "%s, one per line."),
1209 info->arg);
1210
1211 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, str);
1212
1213 l = read_command_lines (str,
1214 info->from_tty, 1,
1215 (is_tracepoint (b)
1216 ? check_tracepoint_command : 0),
1217 b);
1218
1219 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1220 }
1221
1222 info->cmd = alloc_counted_command_line (l);
1223 }
1224
1225 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1226 do anything. */
1227 if (b->commands != info->cmd)
1228 {
1229 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b, info->cmd->commands);
1230 incref_counted_command_line (info->cmd);
1231 decref_counted_command_line (&b->commands);
1232 b->commands = info->cmd;
1233 breakpoints_changed ();
1234 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
1235 }
1236 }
1237
1238 static void
1239 commands_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
1240 struct command_line *control)
1241 {
1242 struct cleanup *cleanups;
1243 struct commands_info info;
1244
1245 info.from_tty = from_tty;
1246 info.control = control;
1247 info.cmd = NULL;
1248 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1249 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1250 cleanups = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info.cmd);
1251
1252 if (arg == NULL || !*arg)
1253 {
1254 if (breakpoint_count - prev_breakpoint_count > 1)
1255 arg = xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count + 1,
1256 breakpoint_count);
1257 else if (breakpoint_count > 0)
1258 arg = xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count);
1259 else
1260 {
1261 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1262 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1263 numbers will fail in this case. */
1264 arg = NULL;
1265 }
1266 }
1267 else
1268 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1269 our argument. */
1270 arg = xstrdup (arg);
1271
1272 if (arg != NULL)
1273 make_cleanup (xfree, arg);
1274
1275 info.arg = arg;
1276
1277 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_commands_command, &info);
1278
1279 if (info.cmd == NULL)
1280 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1281
1282 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1283 }
1284
1285 static void
1286 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
1287 {
1288 commands_command_1 (arg, from_tty, NULL);
1289 }
1290
1291 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1292 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1293
1294 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1295 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1296 enum command_control_type
1297 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
1298 {
1299 commands_command_1 (arg, 0, cmd);
1300 return simple_control;
1301 }
1302
1303 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1304
1305 static int
1306 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location *bl)
1307 {
1308 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1309 return 0;
1310 if (!bl->inserted)
1311 return 0;
1312 if (bl->target_info.shadow_len == 0)
1313 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1314 return 0;
1315 return 1;
1316 }
1317
1318 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1319 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1320
1321 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1322 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1323 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1324 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1325 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1326 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1327 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1328 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1329 and:
1330 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1331
1332 void
1333 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte *readbuf, gdb_byte *writebuf,
1334 const gdb_byte *writebuf_org,
1335 ULONGEST memaddr, LONGEST len)
1336 {
1337 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1338 search. */
1339 unsigned bc_l, bc_r, bc;
1340
1341 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1342 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1343 report higher one. */
1344
1345 bc_l = 0;
1346 bc_r = bp_location_count;
1347 while (bc_l + 1 < bc_r)
1348 {
1349 struct bp_location *bl;
1350
1351 bc = (bc_l + bc_r) / 2;
1352 bl = bp_location[bc];
1353
1354 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1355 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1356 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1357 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1358
1359 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1360 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1361 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1362
1363 if ((bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1364 >= bl->address)
1365 && (bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1366 <= memaddr))
1367 bc_l = bc;
1368 else
1369 bc_r = bc;
1370 }
1371
1372 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1373 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1374 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1375 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1376 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1377 B:
1378
1379 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1380
1381 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1382 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1383 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1384 and L2. */
1385 while (bc_l > 0
1386 && bp_location[bc_l]->address == bp_location[bc_l - 1]->address)
1387 bc_l--;
1388
1389 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1390
1391 for (bc = bc_l; bc < bp_location_count; bc++)
1392 {
1393 struct bp_location *bl = bp_location[bc];
1394 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
1395 int bp_size = 0;
1396 int bptoffset = 0;
1397
1398 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1399 if (bl->owner->type == bp_none)
1400 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1401 bl->owner->number);
1402
1403 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1404 content. */
1405
1406 if (bl->address >= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1407 && memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1408 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max))
1409 break;
1410
1411 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
1412 continue;
1413 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->target_info.placed_address_space, 0,
1414 current_program_space->aspace, 0))
1415 continue;
1416
1417 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1418 we need to copy. */
1419 bp_addr = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1420 bp_size = bl->target_info.shadow_len;
1421
1422 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
1423 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1424 are reading. */
1425 continue;
1426
1427 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
1428 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1429 reading. */
1430 continue;
1431
1432 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1433 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
1434 {
1435 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1436 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
1437 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
1438 bp_addr = memaddr;
1439 }
1440
1441 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
1442 {
1443 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1444 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
1445 }
1446
1447 if (readbuf != NULL)
1448 {
1449 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1450 shadow. */
1451 memcpy (readbuf + bp_addr - memaddr,
1452 bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
1453 }
1454 else
1455 {
1456 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = bl->gdbarch;
1457 const unsigned char *bp;
1458 CORE_ADDR placed_address = bl->target_info.placed_address;
1459 unsigned placed_size = bl->target_info.placed_size;
1460
1461 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1462 memcpy (bl->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset,
1463 writebuf_org + bp_addr - memaddr, bp_size);
1464
1465 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1466 address. */
1467 bp = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch, &placed_address, &placed_size);
1468
1469 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1470 breakpoint's INSN. */
1471 memcpy (writebuf + bp_addr - memaddr, bp + bptoffset, bp_size);
1472 }
1473 }
1474 }
1475 \f
1476
1477 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1478 breakpoint. */
1479
1480 int
1481 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1482 {
1483 return (bpt->type == bp_breakpoint
1484 || bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
1485 }
1486
1487 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1488
1489 static int
1490 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1491 {
1492 return (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
1493 || bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint
1494 || bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint);
1495 }
1496
1497 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1498 software. */
1499
1500 int
1501 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *bpt)
1502 {
1503 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt)
1504 || bpt->type == bp_watchpoint);
1505 }
1506
1507 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1508 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1509 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1510 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1511 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1512 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1513 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1514 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1515
1516 static int
1517 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint *b)
1518 {
1519 return (b->base.pspace == current_program_space
1520 && (ptid_equal (b->watchpoint_thread, null_ptid)
1521 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, b->watchpoint_thread)
1522 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))));
1523 }
1524
1525 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1526 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1527
1528 static void
1529 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint *w)
1530 {
1531 struct breakpoint *b = &w->base;
1532
1533 if (b->related_breakpoint != b)
1534 {
1535 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope);
1536 gdb_assert (b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint == b);
1537 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1538 b->related_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
1539 b->related_breakpoint = b;
1540 }
1541 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1542 }
1543
1544 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1545 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1546 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1547 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1548 in b->loc->cond.
1549 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1550
1551 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1552 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1553 it.
1554
1555 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1556 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1557 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1558 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1559 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1560 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1561 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1562 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1563
1564 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1565 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1566 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1567 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1568 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1569 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1570 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1571 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1572 not changed.
1573
1574 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1575 hardware watchpoints:
1576
1577 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1578 called several times when GDB stops.
1579
1580 [linux]
1581 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1582 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1583 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1584 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1585 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1586 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1587 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1588 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1589 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1590 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1591 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1592
1593 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1594 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1595
1596 static void
1597 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint *b, int reparse)
1598 {
1599 int within_current_scope;
1600 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1601 int frame_saved;
1602
1603 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1604 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1605 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1606 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
1607 return;
1608
1609 if (b->base.disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1610 return;
1611
1612 frame_saved = 0;
1613
1614 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1615 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1616 within_current_scope = 1;
1617 else
1618 {
1619 struct frame_info *fi = get_current_frame ();
1620 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (fi);
1621 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (fi);
1622
1623 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1624 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1625 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1626 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
1627 return;
1628
1629 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1630 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1631 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1632 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1633 selected frame. */
1634 frame_saved = 1;
1635 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1636
1637 fi = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
1638 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1639 if (within_current_scope)
1640 select_frame (fi);
1641 }
1642
1643 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1644 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1645 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1646 b->base.loc = NULL;
1647
1648 if (within_current_scope && reparse)
1649 {
1650 char *s;
1651
1652 if (b->exp)
1653 {
1654 xfree (b->exp);
1655 b->exp = NULL;
1656 }
1657 s = b->exp_string_reparse ? b->exp_string_reparse : b->exp_string;
1658 b->exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->exp_valid_block, 0);
1659 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1660 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1661 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1662 be completely different objects. */
1663 value_free (b->val);
1664 b->val = NULL;
1665 b->val_valid = 0;
1666
1667 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1668 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1669 locations (re)created below. */
1670 if (b->base.cond_string != NULL)
1671 {
1672 if (b->cond_exp != NULL)
1673 {
1674 xfree (b->cond_exp);
1675 b->cond_exp = NULL;
1676 }
1677
1678 s = b->base.cond_string;
1679 b->cond_exp = parse_exp_1 (&s, b->cond_exp_valid_block, 0);
1680 }
1681 }
1682
1683 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1684 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1685 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1686 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1687 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1688 if ( !target_has_execution)
1689 {
1690 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1691 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1692 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1693 }
1694 else if (within_current_scope && b->exp)
1695 {
1696 int pc = 0;
1697 struct value *val_chain, *v, *result, *next;
1698 struct program_space *frame_pspace;
1699
1700 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &v, &result, &val_chain);
1701
1702 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1703 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1704 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1705 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1706 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1707 watchpoints. */
1708 if (!b->val_valid && !is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
1709 {
1710 b->val = v;
1711 b->val_valid = 1;
1712 }
1713
1714 frame_pspace = get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1715
1716 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1717 for (v = val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1718 {
1719 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1720 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1721 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1722 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1723 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1724 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1725 && (v == val_chain || ! value_lazy (v)))
1726 {
1727 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1728
1729 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1730 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1731 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1732 if (v == result
1733 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1734 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1735 {
1736 CORE_ADDR addr;
1737 int len, type;
1738 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
1739
1740 addr = value_address (v);
1741 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1742 type = hw_write;
1743 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1744 type = hw_read;
1745 else if (b->base.type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1746 type = hw_access;
1747
1748 loc = allocate_bp_location (&b->base);
1749 for (tmp = &(b->base.loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
1750 ;
1751 *tmp = loc;
1752 loc->gdbarch = get_type_arch (value_type (v));
1753
1754 loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1755 loc->address = addr;
1756 loc->length = len;
1757 loc->watchpoint_type = type;
1758 }
1759 }
1760 }
1761
1762 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1763 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1764 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1765 is started. */
1766 if (reparse)
1767 {
1768 int reg_cnt;
1769 enum bp_loc_type loc_type;
1770 struct bp_location *bl;
1771
1772 reg_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain);
1773
1774 if (reg_cnt)
1775 {
1776 int i, target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
1777 enum bptype type;
1778
1779 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1780 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1781 b->exact = target_exact_watchpoints && reg_cnt == 1;
1782
1783 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1784 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1785 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1786 this watchpoint in as well. */
1787
1788 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1789 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1790 hardware watchpoint type. */
1791 type = b->base.type;
1792 if (type == bp_watchpoint)
1793 type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
1794
1795 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1796 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1797 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1798 through watch_command), so always account for it
1799 manually. */
1800
1801 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1802 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b->base, type, &other_type_used);
1803
1804 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1805 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b->base);
1806
1807 target_resources_ok
1808 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type, i, other_type_used);
1809 if (target_resources_ok <= 0)
1810 {
1811 int sw_mode = b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base);
1812
1813 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && !sw_mode)
1814 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1815 "hardware watchpoint."));
1816 else if (target_resources_ok < 0 && !sw_mode)
1817 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1818 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1819
1820 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1821 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1822 }
1823 else
1824 {
1825 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1826 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1827 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1828 nop. */
1829 b->base.type = type;
1830 }
1831 }
1832 else if (!b->base.ops->works_in_software_mode (&b->base))
1833 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1834 "read/access watchpoint."));
1835 else
1836 b->base.type = bp_watchpoint;
1837
1838 loc_type = (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint? bp_loc_other
1839 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint);
1840 for (bl = b->base.loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
1841 bl->loc_type = loc_type;
1842 }
1843
1844 for (v = val_chain; v; v = next)
1845 {
1846 next = value_next (v);
1847 if (v != b->val)
1848 value_free (v);
1849 }
1850
1851 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1852 above left it without any location set up. But,
1853 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1854 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1855 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint && b->base.loc == NULL)
1856 {
1857 struct breakpoint *base = &b->base;
1858 base->loc = allocate_bp_location (base);
1859 base->loc->pspace = frame_pspace;
1860 base->loc->address = -1;
1861 base->loc->length = -1;
1862 base->loc->watchpoint_type = -1;
1863 }
1864 }
1865 else if (!within_current_scope)
1866 {
1867 printf_filtered (_("\
1868 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1869 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1870 b->base.number);
1871 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
1872 }
1873
1874 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1875 if (frame_saved)
1876 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1877 }
1878
1879
1880 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1881 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1882 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1883 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1884 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1885 static int
1886 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1887 {
1888 if (bl->owner == NULL || !breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner))
1889 return 0;
1890
1891 if (bl->owner->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
1892 return 0;
1893
1894 if (!bl->enabled || bl->shlib_disabled || bl->duplicate)
1895 return 0;
1896
1897 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl->owner) && bl->pspace->executing_startup)
1898 return 0;
1899
1900 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1901 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1902 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1903 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1904 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1905 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1906 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1907 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1908 if (bl->pspace->breakpoints_not_allowed)
1909 return 0;
1910
1911 return 1;
1912 }
1913
1914 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
1915 that the location is not duplicated. */
1916
1917 static int
1918 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location *bl)
1919 {
1920 int result;
1921 const int save_duplicate = bl->duplicate;
1922
1923 bl->duplicate = 0;
1924 result = should_be_inserted (bl);
1925 bl->duplicate = save_duplicate;
1926 return result;
1927 }
1928
1929 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
1930 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
1931 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
1932 any error during parsing. */
1933
1934 static struct agent_expr *
1935 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope, struct expression *cond)
1936 {
1937 struct agent_expr *aexpr = NULL;
1938 struct cleanup *old_chain = NULL;
1939 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
1940
1941 if (!cond)
1942 return NULL;
1943
1944 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
1945 that may show up. */
1946 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
1947 {
1948 aexpr = gen_eval_for_expr (scope, cond);
1949 }
1950
1951 if (ex.reason < 0)
1952 {
1953 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
1954 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
1955 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
1956 return NULL;
1957 }
1958
1959 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
1960 return aexpr;
1961 }
1962
1963 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
1964 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
1965 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
1966 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
1967 one of them is true. */
1968
1969 static void
1970 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location *bl)
1971 {
1972 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
1973 int null_condition_or_parse_error = 0;
1974 int modified = bl->needs_update;
1975 struct bp_location *loc;
1976
1977 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
1978 evaluating conditions and if the user has
1979 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
1980 side. */
1981 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
1982 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
1983 return;
1984
1985 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
1986 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
1987 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
1988 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
1989 response back to GDB. */
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
1991 {
1992 loc = (*loc2p);
1993 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
1994 {
1995 if (modified)
1996 {
1997 struct agent_expr *aexpr;
1998
1999 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2000 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2001 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2002 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2003 aexpr = parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl->address, loc->cond);
2004 loc->cond_bytecode = aexpr;
2005
2006 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2007 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2008 to the target. */
2009 if (aexpr)
2010 continue;
2011 }
2012
2013 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2014 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2015 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2016 {
2017 null_condition_or_parse_error = 1;
2018 break;
2019 }
2020 }
2021 }
2022
2023 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2024 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2025 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2026
2027 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2028 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2029 if (null_condition_or_parse_error)
2030 {
2031 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2032 {
2033 loc = (*loc2p);
2034 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num)
2035 {
2036 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2037 located. */
2038 if (!loc->cond_bytecode)
2039 return;
2040
2041 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
2042 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
2043 }
2044 }
2045 }
2046
2047 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2048 for this location's address. */
2049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, bl->address)
2050 {
2051 loc = (*loc2p);
2052 if (loc->cond
2053 && is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
2054 && loc->pspace->num == bl->pspace->num
2055 && loc->owner->enable_state == bp_enabled
2056 && loc->enabled)
2057 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2058 conditions to the target. */
2059 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p, bl->target_info.conditions,
2060 loc->cond_bytecode);
2061 }
2062
2063 return;
2064 }
2065
2066 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2067 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2068 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2069 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2070 -1 for failure.
2071
2072 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2073 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2074 static int
2075 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl,
2076 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
2077 int *disabled_breaks,
2078 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
2079 {
2080 int val = 0;
2081
2082 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2083 return 0;
2084
2085 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
2086 memset (&bl->target_info, 0, sizeof (bl->target_info));
2087 bl->target_info.placed_address = bl->address;
2088 bl->target_info.placed_address_space = bl->pspace->aspace;
2089 bl->target_info.length = bl->length;
2090
2091 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2092 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2093 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2094 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2095
2096 if (is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2097 {
2098 build_target_condition_list (bl);
2099 /* Reset the condition modification marker. */
2100 bl->needs_update = 0;
2101 }
2102
2103 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2104 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2105 {
2106 if (bl->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2107 {
2108 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2109 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2110 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2111
2112 Two important cases are:
2113 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2114 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2115 hardware breakpoint.
2116 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2117 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2118 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2119 so we undo.
2120
2121 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2122 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2123 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2124 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2125 gdb. */
2126 struct mem_region *mr
2127 = lookup_mem_region (bl->target_info.placed_address);
2128
2129 if (mr)
2130 {
2131 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
2132 {
2133 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
2134
2135 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2136 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
2137 else
2138 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
2139
2140 if (new_type != bl->loc_type)
2141 {
2142 static int said = 0;
2143
2144 bl->loc_type = new_type;
2145 if (!said)
2146 {
2147 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout,
2148 _("Note: automatically using "
2149 "hardware breakpoints for "
2150 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2151 said = 1;
2152 }
2153 }
2154 }
2155 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2156 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
2157 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2158 "at readonly address %s"),
2159 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address));
2160 }
2161 }
2162
2163 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2164 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
2165 || bl->section == NULL
2166 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
2167 {
2168 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2169
2170 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2171 }
2172 else
2173 {
2174 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2175 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2176 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
2177 {
2178 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2179 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2180 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2181 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2182 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2183 bl->owner->number);
2184 else
2185 {
2186 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bl->address,
2187 bl->section);
2188 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2189 bl->overlay_target_info = bl->target_info;
2190 bl->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
2191 val = target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
2192 &bl->overlay_target_info);
2193 if (val != 0)
2194 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2195 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2196 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2197 bl->owner->number);
2198 }
2199 }
2200 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2201 if (section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2202 {
2203 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2204 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2205 }
2206 else
2207 {
2208 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2209 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2210 return 0;
2211 }
2212 }
2213
2214 if (val)
2215 {
2216 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2217 if (solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
2218 {
2219 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2220 val = 0;
2221 bl->shlib_disabled = 1;
2222 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl->owner);
2223 if (!*disabled_breaks)
2224 {
2225 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2226 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2227 bl->owner->number);
2228 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2229 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2230 "library breakpoints:\n");
2231 }
2232 *disabled_breaks = 1;
2233 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2234 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl->owner->number);
2235 }
2236 else
2237 {
2238 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
2239 {
2240 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2241 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2242 "Cannot insert hardware "
2243 "breakpoint %d.\n",
2244 bl->owner->number);
2245 }
2246 else
2247 {
2248 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2249 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2250 bl->owner->number);
2251 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
2252 "Error accessing memory address ");
2253 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
2254 tmp_error_stream);
2255 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
2256 safe_strerror (val));
2257 }
2258
2259 }
2260 }
2261 else
2262 bl->inserted = 1;
2263
2264 return val;
2265 }
2266
2267 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2268 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2269 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2270 && bl->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
2271 {
2272 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2273 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2274
2275 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2276
2277 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2278 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2279 if (val == 1 && bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
2280 {
2281 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2282
2283 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2284 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2285 of this one. */
2286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2287 if (loc != bl
2288 && loc->watchpoint_type == hw_access
2289 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl, loc))
2290 {
2291 bl->duplicate = 1;
2292 bl->inserted = 1;
2293 bl->target_info = loc->target_info;
2294 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2295 val = 0;
2296 break;
2297 }
2298
2299 if (val == 1)
2300 {
2301 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_access;
2302 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2303
2304 if (val)
2305 /* Back to the original value. */
2306 bl->watchpoint_type = hw_read;
2307 }
2308 }
2309
2310 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2311 }
2312
2313 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint)
2314 {
2315 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
2316 && bl->owner->ops->insert_location != NULL);
2317
2318 val = bl->owner->ops->insert_location (bl);
2319 if (val)
2320 {
2321 bl->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2322
2323 if (val == 1)
2324 warning (_("\
2325 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2326 of catchpoint."), bl->owner->number);
2327 else
2328 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl->owner->number);
2329 }
2330
2331 bl->inserted = (val == 0);
2332
2333 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2334 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2335 so just return success. */
2336 return 0;
2337 }
2338
2339 return 0;
2340 }
2341
2342 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2343 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2344 PSPACE anymore. */
2345
2346 void
2347 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space *pspace)
2348 {
2349 struct breakpoint *b, *b_temp;
2350 struct bp_location *loc, **loc_temp;
2351
2352 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_temp)
2354 {
2355 if (b->pspace == pspace)
2356 delete_breakpoint (b);
2357 }
2358
2359 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2360 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2361 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, loc_temp)
2362 {
2363 struct bp_location *tmp;
2364
2365 if (loc->pspace == pspace)
2366 {
2367 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2368 if (loc->owner->loc == loc)
2369 loc->owner->loc = loc->next;
2370 else
2371 for (tmp = loc->owner->loc; tmp->next != NULL; tmp = tmp->next)
2372 if (tmp->next == loc)
2373 {
2374 tmp->next = loc->next;
2375 break;
2376 }
2377 }
2378 }
2379
2380 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2381 removed locations above. */
2382 update_global_location_list (0);
2383 }
2384
2385 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2386 Throws exception on any error.
2387 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2388 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2389 void
2390 insert_breakpoints (void)
2391 {
2392 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2393
2394 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2395 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2396 {
2397 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
2398
2399 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2400 }
2401
2402 update_global_location_list (1);
2403
2404 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2405 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2406 now. */
2407 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2408 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2409 }
2410
2411 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2412 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2413 always-inserted mode. */
2414
2415 static void
2416 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2417 {
2418 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2419 int error_flag = 0;
2420 int val = 0;
2421 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2422 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2423
2424 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2425 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2426
2427 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2428 there was an error. */
2429 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2430
2431 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2432
2433 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2434 {
2435 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2436 breakpoints. */
2437 if (!is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
2438 continue;
2439
2440 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2441 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2442 deletion of breakpoints. */
2443 if (!bl->inserted || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2444 continue;
2445
2446 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2447
2448 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2449 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2450 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2451 insert breakpoints. */
2452 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2453 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2454 continue;
2455
2456 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2457 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2458 if (val)
2459 error_flag = val;
2460 }
2461
2462 if (error_flag)
2463 {
2464 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2465 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2466 }
2467
2468 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2469 }
2470
2471 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2472
2473 static void
2474 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2475 {
2476 struct breakpoint *bpt;
2477 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2478 int error_flag = 0;
2479 int val = 0;
2480 int disabled_breaks = 0;
2481 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
2482
2483 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2484 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2485
2486 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2487 there was an error. */
2488 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
2489
2490 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2491
2492 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2493 {
2494 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || (bl->inserted && !bl->needs_update))
2495 continue;
2496
2497 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2498 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2499 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2500 if (bl->owner->thread != -1
2501 && !valid_thread_id (bl->owner->thread))
2502 continue;
2503
2504 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
2505
2506 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2507 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2508 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2509 insert breakpoints. */
2510 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
2511 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
2512 continue;
2513
2514 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &disabled_breaks,
2515 &hw_breakpoint_error);
2516 if (val)
2517 error_flag = val;
2518 }
2519
2520 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2521 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
2523 {
2524 int some_failed = 0;
2525 struct bp_location *loc;
2526
2527 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt))
2528 continue;
2529
2530 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
2531 continue;
2532
2533 if (bpt->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
2534 continue;
2535
2536 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2537 if (!loc->inserted && should_be_inserted (loc))
2538 {
2539 some_failed = 1;
2540 break;
2541 }
2542 if (some_failed)
2543 {
2544 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
2545 if (loc->inserted)
2546 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_uninserted);
2547
2548 hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
2549 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2550 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2551 bpt->number);
2552 error_flag = -1;
2553 }
2554 }
2555
2556 if (error_flag)
2557 {
2558 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2559 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2560 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
2561 {
2562 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
2563 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2564 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2565 }
2566 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2567 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
2568 }
2569
2570 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2571 }
2572
2573 /* Used when the program stops.
2574 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2575 removing a breakpoint location. */
2576
2577 int
2578 remove_breakpoints (void)
2579 {
2580 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2581 int val = 0;
2582
2583 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2584 {
2585 if (bl->inserted && !is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
2586 val |= remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2587 }
2588 return val;
2589 }
2590
2591 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2592
2593 int
2594 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid)
2595 {
2596 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2597 int val;
2598 struct inferior *inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2599
2600 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2601 {
2602 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2603 continue;
2604
2605 if (bl->inserted)
2606 {
2607 val = remove_breakpoint (bl, mark_uninserted);
2608 if (val != 0)
2609 return val;
2610 }
2611 }
2612 return 0;
2613 }
2614
2615 int
2616 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
2617 {
2618 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2619 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
2620 int val;
2621 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream;
2622 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0;
2623 struct inferior *inf;
2624 struct thread_info *tp;
2625
2626 tp = any_live_thread_of_process (pid);
2627 if (tp == NULL)
2628 return 1;
2629
2630 inf = find_inferior_pid (pid);
2631 old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
2632
2633 inferior_ptid = tp->ptid;
2634
2635 tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
2636 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
2637
2638 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
2639 {
2640 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
2641 continue;
2642
2643 if (bl->inserted)
2644 {
2645 bl->inserted = 0;
2646 val = insert_bp_location (bl, tmp_error_stream, &dummy1, &dummy2);
2647 if (val != 0)
2648 {
2649 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2650 return val;
2651 }
2652 }
2653 }
2654 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2655 return 0;
2656 }
2657
2658 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
2659
2660 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
2661 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
2662 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
2663 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
2664 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
2665 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
2666 static void
2667 set_breakpoint_number (int internal, struct breakpoint *b)
2668 {
2669 if (internal)
2670 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2671 else
2672 {
2673 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
2674 b->number = breakpoint_count;
2675 }
2676 }
2677
2678 static struct breakpoint *
2679 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
2680 CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type,
2681 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
2682 {
2683 struct symtab_and_line sal;
2684 struct breakpoint *b;
2685
2686 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
2687
2688 sal.pc = address;
2689 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
2690 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
2691
2692 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
2693 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
2694 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
2695
2696 return b;
2697 }
2698
2699 static const char *const longjmp_names[] =
2700 {
2701 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
2702 };
2703 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
2704
2705 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
2706 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
2707 {
2708 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
2709 struct minimal_symbol *overlay_msym;
2710
2711 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
2712 struct minimal_symbol *longjmp_msym[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES];
2713
2714 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
2715 struct minimal_symbol *terminate_msym;
2716
2717 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
2718 struct minimal_symbol *exception_msym;
2719 };
2720
2721 static const struct objfile_data *breakpoint_objfile_key;
2722
2723 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
2724 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found;
2725
2726 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
2727
2728 static int
2729 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol *msym)
2730 {
2731 return msym == &msym_not_found;
2732 }
2733
2734 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
2735 Allocate the data if necessary. */
2736
2737 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data *
2738 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile *objfile)
2739 {
2740 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2741
2742 bp_objfile_data = objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key);
2743 if (bp_objfile_data == NULL)
2744 {
2745 bp_objfile_data = obstack_alloc (&objfile->objfile_obstack,
2746 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2747
2748 memset (bp_objfile_data, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data));
2749 set_objfile_data (objfile, breakpoint_objfile_key, bp_objfile_data);
2750 }
2751 return bp_objfile_data;
2752 }
2753
2754 static void
2755 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
2756 {
2757 struct objfile *objfile;
2758 const char *const func_name = "_ovly_debug_event";
2759
2760 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2761 {
2762 struct breakpoint *b;
2763 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2764 CORE_ADDR addr;
2765
2766 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2767
2768 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym))
2769 continue;
2770
2771 if (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym == NULL)
2772 {
2773 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2774
2775 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2776 if (m == NULL)
2777 {
2778 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
2779 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = &msym_not_found;
2780 continue;
2781 }
2782 bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym = m;
2783 }
2784
2785 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->overlay_msym);
2786 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2787 bp_overlay_event,
2788 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2789 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2790
2791 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
2792 {
2793 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
2794 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
2795 }
2796 else
2797 {
2798 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2799 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
2800 }
2801 }
2802 update_global_location_list (1);
2803 }
2804
2805 static void
2806 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
2807 {
2808 struct program_space *pspace;
2809 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2810
2811 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2812
2813 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2814 {
2815 struct objfile *objfile;
2816
2817 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2818
2819 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2820 {
2821 int i;
2822 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2823 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2824
2825 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2826 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch))
2827 continue;
2828
2829 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2830
2831 for (i = 0; i < NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES; i++)
2832 {
2833 struct breakpoint *b;
2834 const char *func_name;
2835 CORE_ADDR addr;
2836
2837 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]))
2838 continue;
2839
2840 func_name = longjmp_names[i];
2841 if (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] == NULL)
2842 {
2843 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2844
2845 m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, objfile);
2846 if (m == NULL)
2847 {
2848 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2849 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = &msym_not_found;
2850 continue;
2851 }
2852 bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i] = m;
2853 }
2854
2855 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->longjmp_msym[i]);
2856 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_longjmp_master,
2857 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2858 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2859 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2860 }
2861 }
2862 }
2863 update_global_location_list (1);
2864
2865 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2866 }
2867
2868 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
2869 static void
2870 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
2871 {
2872 struct program_space *pspace;
2873 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2874 const char *const func_name = "std::terminate()";
2875
2876 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
2877
2878 ALL_PSPACES (pspace)
2879 {
2880 struct objfile *objfile;
2881 CORE_ADDR addr;
2882
2883 set_current_program_space (pspace);
2884
2885 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2886 {
2887 struct breakpoint *b;
2888 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2889
2890 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2891
2892 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym))
2893 continue;
2894
2895 if (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym == NULL)
2896 {
2897 struct minimal_symbol *m;
2898
2899 m = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2900 if (m == NULL || (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_text
2901 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m) != mst_file_text))
2902 {
2903 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
2904 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = &msym_not_found;
2905 continue;
2906 }
2907 bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym = m;
2908 }
2909
2910 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->terminate_msym);
2911 b = create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile), addr,
2912 bp_std_terminate_master,
2913 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2914 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2915 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2916 }
2917 }
2918
2919 update_global_location_list (1);
2920
2921 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2922 }
2923
2924 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
2925
2926 static void
2927 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
2928 {
2929 struct objfile *objfile;
2930 const char *const func_name = "_Unwind_DebugHook";
2931
2932 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile)
2933 {
2934 struct breakpoint *b;
2935 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
2936 struct breakpoint_objfile_data *bp_objfile_data;
2937 CORE_ADDR addr;
2938
2939 bp_objfile_data = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile);
2940
2941 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym))
2942 continue;
2943
2944 gdbarch = get_objfile_arch (objfile);
2945
2946 if (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym == NULL)
2947 {
2948 struct minimal_symbol *debug_hook;
2949
2950 debug_hook = lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name, NULL, objfile);
2951 if (debug_hook == NULL)
2952 {
2953 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = &msym_not_found;
2954 continue;
2955 }
2956
2957 bp_objfile_data->exception_msym = debug_hook;
2958 }
2959
2960 addr = SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data->exception_msym);
2961 addr = gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch, addr,
2962 &current_target);
2963 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, addr, bp_exception_master,
2964 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
2965 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
2966 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2967 }
2968
2969 update_global_location_list (1);
2970 }
2971
2972 void
2973 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
2974 {
2975 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
2976 struct bp_location *bploc, **bplocp_tmp;
2977
2978 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
2979 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
2980 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
2981 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
2982 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
2983 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
2984 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
2985 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
2986 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc, bplocp_tmp)
2987 if (bploc->pspace == current_program_space)
2988 gdb_assert (!bploc->inserted);
2989
2990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
2991 {
2992 if (b->pspace != current_program_space)
2993 continue;
2994
2995 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
2996 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
2997 {
2998 delete_breakpoint (b);
2999 continue;
3000 }
3001
3002 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3003 if (b->type == bp_jit_event)
3004 {
3005 delete_breakpoint (b);
3006 continue;
3007 }
3008
3009 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3010 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3011 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event
3012 || b->type == bp_longjmp_master || b->type == bp_std_terminate_master
3013 || b->type == bp_exception_master)
3014 {
3015 delete_breakpoint (b);
3016 continue;
3017 }
3018
3019 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3020 if (b->type == bp_step_resume || b->type == bp_hp_step_resume)
3021 {
3022 delete_breakpoint (b);
3023 continue;
3024 }
3025
3026 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3027 after an exec. */
3028 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume
3029 || b->type == bp_exception || b->type == bp_exception_resume)
3030 {
3031 delete_breakpoint (b);
3032 continue;
3033 }
3034
3035 if (b->type == bp_catchpoint)
3036 {
3037 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3038 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3039 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3040 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3041 continue;
3042 }
3043
3044 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3045 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3046 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3047 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3048 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3049 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3050
3051 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3052 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3053 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3054 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3055 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3056 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3057 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3058
3059 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3060 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3061 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3062 let finish_command delete it.
3063
3064 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3065 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3066 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3067 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3068 solib breakpoints.) */
3069
3070 if (b->type == bp_finish)
3071 {
3072 continue;
3073 }
3074
3075 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3076 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3077 a.out. */
3078 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
3079 {
3080 delete_breakpoint (b);
3081 continue;
3082 }
3083 }
3084 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3085 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3086 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3087 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3088 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3089 }
3090
3091 int
3092 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
3093 {
3094 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3095 int val = 0;
3096 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
3097 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
3098
3099 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
3100 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3101
3102 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3103 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
3104 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3105 {
3106 if (bl->pspace != inf->pspace)
3107 continue;
3108
3109 if (bl->inserted)
3110 val |= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, mark_inserted);
3111 }
3112
3113 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3114 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3115
3116 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3117 return val;
3118 }
3119
3120 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3121 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3122 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3123 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3124 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3125
3126 static int
3127 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3128 {
3129 int val;
3130
3131 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3132 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3133
3134 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3135 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3136 return 0;
3137
3138 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3139 This should not ever happen. */
3140 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3141
3142 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3143 || bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3144 {
3145 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3146 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3147 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3148
3149 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3150 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
3151 || bl->section == NULL
3152 || !(section_is_overlay (bl->section)))
3153 {
3154 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3155 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3156 }
3157 else
3158 {
3159 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3160 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3161 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
3162 {
3163 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3164 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3165 */
3166 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3167 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3168 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3169 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3170 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3171 else
3172 target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
3173 &bl->overlay_target_info);
3174 }
3175 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3176 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3177 if (bl->inserted)
3178 {
3179 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3180 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3181 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3182 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3183
3184 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3185 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3186 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3187 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3188 || section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3189 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3190 else
3191 val = 0;
3192 }
3193 else
3194 {
3195 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3196 val = 0;
3197 }
3198 }
3199
3200 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3201 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3202 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3203 if (val && solib_name_from_address (bl->pspace, bl->address))
3204 val = 0;
3205
3206 if (val)
3207 return val;
3208 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3209 }
3210 else if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3211 {
3212 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3213 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3214
3215 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3216 bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3217
3218 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3219 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (bl->inserted))
3220 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3221 bl->owner->number);
3222 }
3223 else if (bl->owner->type == bp_catchpoint
3224 && breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3225 && !bl->duplicate)
3226 {
3227 gdb_assert (bl->owner->ops != NULL
3228 && bl->owner->ops->remove_location != NULL);
3229
3230 val = bl->owner->ops->remove_location (bl);
3231 if (val)
3232 return val;
3233
3234 bl->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
3235 }
3236
3237 return 0;
3238 }
3239
3240 static int
3241 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *bl, insertion_state_t is)
3242 {
3243 int ret;
3244 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3245
3246 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3247 gdb_assert (bl->owner != NULL);
3248
3249 if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3250 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3251 return 0;
3252
3253 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3254 This should not ever happen. */
3255 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type != bp_none);
3256
3257 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
3258
3259 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
3260
3261 ret = remove_breakpoint_1 (bl, is);
3262
3263 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3264 return ret;
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3268
3269 void
3270 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3271 {
3272 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3273
3274 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3275 if (bl->pspace == current_program_space)
3276 bl->inserted = 0;
3277 }
3278
3279 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3280 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3281
3282 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3283 between runs.
3284
3285 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3286 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3287 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3288
3289
3290
3291 void
3292 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
3293 {
3294 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
3295 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3296 int ix;
3297 struct program_space *pspace = current_program_space;
3298
3299 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3300 nothing to do. */
3301 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))
3302 return;
3303
3304 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3305 {
3306 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3307 if (bl->pspace == pspace
3308 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3309 bl->inserted = 0;
3310 }
3311
3312 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
3313 {
3314 if (b->loc && b->loc->pspace != pspace)
3315 continue;
3316
3317 switch (b->type)
3318 {
3319 case bp_call_dummy:
3320
3321 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3322 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3323 rid of it. */
3324
3325 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3326
3327 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3328
3329 case bp_shlib_event:
3330
3331 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3332 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3333 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3334 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3335 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3336
3337 (gdb) file prog-linux
3338 (gdb) run # native linux target
3339 ...
3340 (gdb) kill
3341 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3342 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3343 */
3344
3345 case bp_step_resume:
3346
3347 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3348
3349 delete_breakpoint (b);
3350 break;
3351
3352 case bp_watchpoint:
3353 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3354 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3355 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3356 {
3357 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
3358
3359 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3360 if (w->exp_valid_block != NULL)
3361 delete_breakpoint (b);
3362 else if (context == inf_starting)
3363 {
3364 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3365 insert_breakpoints. */
3366 if (w->val)
3367 value_free (w->val);
3368 w->val = NULL;
3369 w->val_valid = 0;
3370 }
3371 }
3372 break;
3373 default:
3374 break;
3375 }
3376 }
3377
3378 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3379 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, bl); ++ix)
3380 decref_bp_location (&bl);
3381 VEC_free (bp_location_p, moribund_locations);
3382 }
3383
3384 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3385 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3386 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3387 match, not program space. */
3388
3389 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3390 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3391 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3392 permanent breakpoint.
3393 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3394 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3395 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3396 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3397 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3398
3399 enum breakpoint_here
3400 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3401 {
3402 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3403 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
3404
3405 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3406 {
3407 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3408 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3409 continue;
3410
3411 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3412 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3413 || bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3414 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3415 {
3416 if (overlay_debugging
3417 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3418 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3419 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3420 else if (bl->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
3421 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
3422 else
3423 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
3424 }
3425 }
3426
3427 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
3428 }
3429
3430 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3431
3432 int
3433 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3434 {
3435 struct bp_location *loc;
3436 int ix;
3437
3438 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
3439 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, pc))
3440 return 1;
3441
3442 return 0;
3443 }
3444
3445 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3446 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3447 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3448 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3449
3450 int
3451 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3452 CORE_ADDR pc)
3453 {
3454 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3455
3456 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3457 {
3458 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3459 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3460 continue;
3461
3462 if (bl->inserted
3463 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3464 {
3465 if (overlay_debugging
3466 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3467 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3468 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3469 else
3470 return 1;
3471 }
3472 }
3473 return 0;
3474 }
3475
3476 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3477 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3478
3479 int
3480 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
3481 {
3482 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3483 return 1;
3484
3485 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3486 return 1;
3487
3488 return 0;
3489 }
3490
3491 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3492 inserted at PC. */
3493
3494 int
3495 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
3496 CORE_ADDR pc)
3497 {
3498 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3499
3500 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3501 {
3502 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
3503 continue;
3504
3505 if (bl->inserted
3506 && breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
3507 aspace, pc))
3508 {
3509 if (overlay_debugging
3510 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3511 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3512 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3513 else
3514 return 1;
3515 }
3516 }
3517
3518 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3519 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace, pc))
3520 return 1;
3521
3522 return 0;
3523 }
3524
3525 int
3526 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space *aspace,
3527 CORE_ADDR addr, ULONGEST len)
3528 {
3529 struct breakpoint *bpt;
3530
3531 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
3532 {
3533 struct bp_location *loc;
3534
3535 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
3536 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
3537 continue;
3538
3539 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt))
3540 continue;
3541
3542 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
3543 if (loc->pspace->aspace == aspace && loc->inserted)
3544 {
3545 CORE_ADDR l, h;
3546
3547 /* Check for intersection. */
3548 l = max (loc->address, addr);
3549 h = min (loc->address + loc->length, addr + len);
3550 if (l < h)
3551 return 1;
3552 }
3553 }
3554 return 0;
3555 }
3556
3557 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3558 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3559
3560 int
3561 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
3562 ptid_t ptid)
3563 {
3564 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
3565 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
3566 int thread = -1;
3567 int task = 0;
3568
3569 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
3570 {
3571 if (bl->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3572 && bl->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
3573 continue;
3574
3575 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3576 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl->owner)
3577 && bl->owner->enable_state != bp_permanent)
3578 continue;
3579
3580 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl, aspace, pc))
3581 continue;
3582
3583 if (bl->owner->thread != -1)
3584 {
3585 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3586 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
3587 it is now time to do so. */
3588 if (thread == -1)
3589 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
3590 if (bl->owner->thread != thread)
3591 continue;
3592 }
3593
3594 if (bl->owner->task != 0)
3595 {
3596 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
3597 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
3598 it is now time to do so. */
3599 if (task == 0)
3600 task = ada_get_task_number (ptid);
3601 if (bl->owner->task != task)
3602 continue;
3603 }
3604
3605 if (overlay_debugging
3606 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
3607 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
3608 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3609
3610 return 1;
3611 }
3612
3613 return 0;
3614 }
3615 \f
3616
3617 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
3618 in breakpoint.h. */
3619
3620 int
3621 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
3622 {
3623 return (ep->type == bp_catchpoint);
3624 }
3625
3626 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
3627 'next' chain. */
3628
3629 static void
3630 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
3631 {
3632 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3633 value_free (bs->old_val);
3634 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3635 decref_bp_location (&bs->bp_location_at);
3636 xfree (bs);
3637 }
3638
3639 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
3640 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
3641
3642 void
3643 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
3644 {
3645 bpstat p;
3646 bpstat q;
3647
3648 if (bsp == 0)
3649 return;
3650 p = *bsp;
3651 while (p != NULL)
3652 {
3653 q = p->next;
3654 bpstat_free (p);
3655 p = q;
3656 }
3657 *bsp = NULL;
3658 }
3659
3660 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
3661 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
3662
3663 bpstat
3664 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
3665 {
3666 bpstat p = NULL;
3667 bpstat tmp;
3668 bpstat retval = NULL;
3669
3670 if (bs == NULL)
3671 return bs;
3672
3673 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3674 {
3675 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
3676 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
3677 incref_counted_command_line (tmp->commands);
3678 incref_bp_location (tmp->bp_location_at);
3679 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3680 {
3681 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
3682 release_value (tmp->old_val);
3683 }
3684
3685 if (p == NULL)
3686 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
3687 retval = tmp;
3688 else
3689 p->next = tmp;
3690 p = tmp;
3691 }
3692 p->next = NULL;
3693 return retval;
3694 }
3695
3696 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
3697
3698 bpstat
3699 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
3700 {
3701 if (bsp == NULL)
3702 return NULL;
3703
3704 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
3705 {
3706 if (bsp->breakpoint_at == breakpoint)
3707 return bsp;
3708 }
3709 return NULL;
3710 }
3711
3712 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
3713 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
3714 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
3715 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
3716
3717 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
3718 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
3719 we set it.
3720 Return 1 otherwise. */
3721
3722 int
3723 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
3724 {
3725 struct breakpoint *b;
3726
3727 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
3728 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
3729
3730 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
3731 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
3732 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
3733 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at;
3734 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
3735 if (b == NULL)
3736 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
3737
3738 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
3739 return 1;
3740 }
3741
3742 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3743
3744 void
3745 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
3746 {
3747 struct thread_info *tp;
3748 bpstat bs;
3749
3750 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3751 return;
3752
3753 tp = find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid);
3754 if (tp == NULL)
3755 return;
3756
3757 for (bs = tp->control.stop_bpstat; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3758 {
3759 decref_counted_command_line (&bs->commands);
3760
3761 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
3762 {
3763 value_free (bs->old_val);
3764 bs->old_val = NULL;
3765 }
3766 }
3767 }
3768
3769 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
3770
3771 static void
3772 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
3773 {
3774 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid))
3775 {
3776 struct thread_info *tp = inferior_thread ();
3777
3778 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
3779 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
3780 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
3781 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
3782 if (tp->control.in_infcall)
3783 return;
3784 }
3785
3786 breakpoint_proceeded = 1;
3787 }
3788
3789 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
3790 command. */
3791 static void
3792 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
3793 {
3794 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
3795 }
3796
3797 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
3798 or its equivalent. */
3799
3800 static int
3801 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line *cmd)
3802 {
3803 return cmd && (strcmp ("silent", cmd->line) == 0
3804 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", cmd->line) == 0));
3805 }
3806
3807 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
3808 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
3809 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
3810 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
3811
3812 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
3813 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
3814 bpstat of the current thread. */
3815
3816 static int
3817 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat *bsp)
3818 {
3819 bpstat bs;
3820 struct cleanup *old_chain;
3821 int again = 0;
3822
3823 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
3824 in bs->commands. */
3825 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
3826 return 0;
3827
3828 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
3829 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
3830
3831 prevent_dont_repeat ();
3832
3833 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
3834 bs = *bsp;
3835
3836 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
3837 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3838 {
3839 struct counted_command_line *ccmd;
3840 struct command_line *cmd;
3841 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
3842
3843 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
3844
3845 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
3846 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
3847 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
3848 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
3849 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
3850 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
3851 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
3852 the tree when we're done. */
3853 ccmd = bs->commands;
3854 bs->commands = NULL;
3855 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd);
3856 cmd = ccmd ? ccmd->commands : NULL;
3857 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd))
3858 {
3859 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
3860 cmd = cmd->next;
3861 }
3862
3863 while (cmd != NULL)
3864 {
3865 execute_control_command (cmd);
3866
3867 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3868 break;
3869 else
3870 cmd = cmd->next;
3871 }
3872
3873 /* We can free this command tree now. */
3874 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
3875
3876 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
3877 {
3878 if (target_can_async_p ())
3879 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
3880 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
3881 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
3882 ;
3883 else
3884 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
3885 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
3886 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
3887 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
3888 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
3889 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
3890 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
3891 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
3892 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
3893 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
3894 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
3895 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
3896 with the new stop_bpstat. */
3897 again = 1;
3898 break;
3899 }
3900 }
3901 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3902 return again;
3903 }
3904
3905 void
3906 bpstat_do_actions (void)
3907 {
3908 struct cleanup *cleanup_if_error = make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
3909
3910 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
3911 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid, null_ptid)
3912 && target_has_execution
3913 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid)
3914 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid))
3915 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
3916 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
3917 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
3918 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
3919 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control.stop_bpstat))
3920 break;
3921
3922 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error);
3923 }
3924
3925 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
3926
3927 static void
3928 watchpoint_value_print (struct value *val, struct ui_file *stream)
3929 {
3930 if (val == NULL)
3931 fprintf_unfiltered (stream, _("<unreadable>"));
3932 else
3933 {
3934 struct value_print_options opts;
3935 get_user_print_options (&opts);
3936 value_print (val, stream, &opts);
3937 }
3938 }
3939
3940 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
3941 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
3942 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
3943 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
3944 normal_stop(). */
3945
3946 static enum print_stop_action
3947 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
3948 {
3949 switch (bs->print_it)
3950 {
3951 case print_it_noop:
3952 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
3953 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3954 break;
3955
3956 case print_it_done:
3957 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3958 relevant messages. */
3959 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
3960 break;
3961
3962 case print_it_normal:
3963 {
3964 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
3965
3966 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
3967 which has since been deleted. */
3968 if (b == NULL)
3969 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
3970
3971 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
3972 return b->ops->print_it (bs);
3973 }
3974 break;
3975
3976 default:
3977 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3978 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3979 break;
3980 }
3981 }
3982
3983 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
3984
3985 static void
3986 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint)
3987 {
3988 int any_deleted
3989 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs);
3990 int any_added
3991 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs);
3992
3993 if (!is_catchpoint)
3994 {
3995 if (any_added || any_deleted)
3996 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
3997 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
3998 else
3999 ui_out_text (current_uiout,
4000 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4001 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4002 }
4003
4004 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
4005 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "reason",
4006 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT));
4007
4008 if (any_deleted)
4009 {
4010 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4011 char *name;
4012 int ix;
4013
4014 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4015 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4016 "removed");
4017 for (ix = 0;
4018 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
4019 ix, name);
4020 ++ix)
4021 {
4022 if (ix > 0)
4023 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4024 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", name);
4025 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4026 }
4027
4028 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4029 }
4030
4031 if (any_added)
4032 {
4033 struct so_list *iter;
4034 int ix;
4035 struct cleanup *cleanup;
4036
4037 ui_out_text (current_uiout, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4038 cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout,
4039 "added");
4040 for (ix = 0;
4041 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
4042 ix, iter);
4043 ++ix)
4044 {
4045 if (ix > 0)
4046 ui_out_text (current_uiout, " ");
4047 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout, "library", iter->so_name);
4048 ui_out_text (current_uiout, "\n");
4049 }
4050
4051 do_cleanups (cleanup);
4052 }
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4056 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4057 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4058 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4059 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4060 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4061 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4062 routine is one of:
4063
4064 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4065 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4066 code to print the location. An example is
4067 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4068 the location.
4069 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4070 to also print the location part of the message.
4071 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4072 don't require a location appended to the end.
4073 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4074 further info to be printed. */
4075
4076 enum print_stop_action
4077 bpstat_print (bpstat bs, int kind)
4078 {
4079 int val;
4080
4081 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4082 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4083 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4084 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4085 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
4086 {
4087 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
4088 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4089 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4090 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
4091 return val;
4092 }
4093
4094 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4095 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4096 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4097 if (kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
4098 {
4099 print_solib_event (0);
4100 return PRINT_NOTHING;
4101 }
4102
4103 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4104 with and nothing was printed. */
4105 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
4106 }
4107
4108 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4109 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4110 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4111 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4112
4113 static int
4114 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
4115 {
4116 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4117 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
4118
4119 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4120 return i;
4121 }
4122
4123 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4124
4125 static bpstat
4126 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat **bs_link_pointer)
4127 {
4128 bpstat bs;
4129
4130 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
4131 bs->next = NULL;
4132 **bs_link_pointer = bs;
4133 *bs_link_pointer = &bs->next;
4134 bs->breakpoint_at = bl->owner;
4135 bs->bp_location_at = bl;
4136 incref_bp_location (bl);
4137 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4138 bs->commands = NULL;
4139 bs->old_val = NULL;
4140 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
4141 return bs;
4142 }
4143 \f
4144 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4145 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4146
4147 int
4148 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4149 {
4150 int stopped_by_watchpoint = target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4151 CORE_ADDR addr;
4152 struct breakpoint *b;
4153
4154 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint)
4155 {
4156 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4157 as not triggered. */
4158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4159 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4160 {
4161 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4162
4163 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4164 }
4165
4166 return 0;
4167 }
4168
4169 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
4170 {
4171 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4172 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4173 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4174 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4175 {
4176 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4177
4178 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_unknown;
4179 }
4180
4181 return stopped_by_watchpoint;
4182 }
4183
4184 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4185 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4186 triggered. */
4187
4188 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4189 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
4190 {
4191 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4192 struct bp_location *loc;
4193
4194 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_no;
4195 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
4196 {
4197 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b))
4198 {
4199 CORE_ADDR newaddr = addr & w->hw_wp_mask;
4200 CORE_ADDR start = loc->address & w->hw_wp_mask;
4201
4202 if (newaddr == start)
4203 {
4204 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4205 break;
4206 }
4207 }
4208 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4209 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (&current_target,
4210 addr, loc->address,
4211 loc->length))
4212 {
4213 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4214 break;
4215 }
4216 }
4217 }
4218
4219 return 1;
4220 }
4221
4222 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4223 because of check_errors). */
4224 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4225 #define WP_DELETED 1
4226 /* The value has changed. */
4227 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4228 /* The value has not changed. */
4229 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4230 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4231 #define WP_IGNORE 4
4232
4233 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4234 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4235
4236 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4237 changed.
4238
4239 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4240 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4241
4242 static int
4243 watchpoint_check (void *p)
4244 {
4245 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
4246 struct watchpoint *b;
4247 struct frame_info *fr;
4248 int within_current_scope;
4249
4250 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4251 gdb_assert (bs->breakpoint_at != NULL);
4252 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4253
4254 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4255 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4256 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4257 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b))
4258 return WP_IGNORE;
4259
4260 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
4261 within_current_scope = 1;
4262 else
4263 {
4264 struct frame_info *frame = get_current_frame ();
4265 struct gdbarch *frame_arch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4266 CORE_ADDR frame_pc = get_frame_pc (frame);
4267
4268 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4269 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4270 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4271 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4272 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4273 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4274 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4275 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4276 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4277 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch, frame_pc))
4278 return WP_IGNORE;
4279
4280 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
4281 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
4282
4283 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4284 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4285 if (within_current_scope)
4286 {
4287 struct symbol *function;
4288
4289 function = get_frame_function (fr);
4290 if (function == NULL
4291 || !contained_in (b->exp_valid_block,
4292 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function)))
4293 within_current_scope = 0;
4294 }
4295
4296 if (within_current_scope)
4297 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4298 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4299 the user. */
4300 select_frame (fr);
4301 }
4302
4303 if (within_current_scope)
4304 {
4305 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4306 time before we return to the command level and call
4307 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4308 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4309
4310 int pc = 0;
4311 struct value *mark;
4312 struct value *new_val;
4313
4314 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b->base))
4315 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4316 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4317 a mask watchpoint. */
4318 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4319
4320 mark = value_mark ();
4321 fetch_subexp_value (b->exp, &pc, &new_val, NULL, NULL);
4322
4323 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4324 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4325 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4326 not what we want. */
4327 if ((b->val != NULL) != (new_val != NULL)
4328 || (b->val != NULL && !value_equal_contents (b->val, new_val)))
4329 {
4330 if (new_val != NULL)
4331 {
4332 release_value (new_val);
4333 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4334 }
4335 bs->old_val = b->val;
4336 b->val = new_val;
4337 b->val_valid = 1;
4338 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
4339 }
4340 else
4341 {
4342 /* Nothing changed. */
4343 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4344 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
4345 }
4346 }
4347 else
4348 {
4349 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
4350
4351 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4352 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4353 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4354 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4355 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4356 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4357 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4358 the first value assigned). */
4359 /* We print all the stop information in
4360 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4361 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4362 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4363 here. */
4364 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4365 ui_out_field_string
4366 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
4367 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
4368 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->base.number);
4369 ui_out_text (uiout,
4370 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4371 which its expression is valid.\n");
4372
4373 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4374 decref_counted_command_line (&b->base.commands);
4375 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4376
4377 return WP_DELETED;
4378 }
4379 }
4380
4381 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4382 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4383 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4384
4385 static int
4386 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location *bl,
4387 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
4388 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4389 {
4390 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
4391
4392 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4393 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4394
4395 return b->ops->breakpoint_hit (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws);
4396 }
4397
4398 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4399 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4400
4401 static void
4402 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
4403 {
4404 const struct bp_location *bl;
4405 struct watchpoint *b;
4406
4407 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4408 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4409 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4410 b = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4411 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4412
4413 {
4414 int must_check_value = 0;
4415
4416 if (b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4417 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4418 watched value. */
4419 must_check_value = 1;
4420 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_yes)
4421 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4422 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4423 this watchpoint. */
4424 must_check_value = 1;
4425 else if (b->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_unknown
4426 && b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4427 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4428 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4429 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4430 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4431 must_check_value = 1;
4432
4433 if (must_check_value)
4434 {
4435 char *message
4436 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4437 b->base.number);
4438 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
4439 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
4440 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4441 do_cleanups (cleanups);
4442 switch (e)
4443 {
4444 case WP_DELETED:
4445 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4446 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4447 /* Stop. */
4448 break;
4449 case WP_IGNORE:
4450 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4451 bs->stop = 0;
4452 break;
4453 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
4454 if (b->base.type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4455 {
4456 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4457
4458 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4459 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4460 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4461 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4462 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4463 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4464 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4465 old value.
4466
4467 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4468 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4469 happen:
4470
4471 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4472 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4473 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4474 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4475
4476 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4477 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4478 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4479 watchpoint.
4480
4481 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4482 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4483 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4484 changes. This still gives false positives when
4485 the program writes the same value to memory as
4486 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4487 it for a read), but it's much better than
4488 nothing. */
4489
4490 int other_write_watchpoint = 0;
4491
4492 if (bl->watchpoint_type == hw_read)
4493 {
4494 struct breakpoint *other_b;
4495
4496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b)
4497 if (other_b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4498 || other_b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4499 {
4500 struct watchpoint *other_w =
4501 (struct watchpoint *) other_b;
4502
4503 if (other_w->watchpoint_triggered
4504 == watch_triggered_yes)
4505 {
4506 other_write_watchpoint = 1;
4507 break;
4508 }
4509 }
4510 }
4511
4512 if (other_write_watchpoint
4513 || bl->watchpoint_type == hw_access)
4514 {
4515 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4516 and the value changed since the last time we
4517 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4518 Ignore it. */
4519 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4520 bs->stop = 0;
4521 }
4522 }
4523 break;
4524 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
4525 if (b->base.type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4526 || b->base.type == bp_watchpoint)
4527 {
4528 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4529 the value hasn't changed. */
4530 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4531 bs->stop = 0;
4532 }
4533 /* Stop. */
4534 break;
4535 default:
4536 /* Can't happen. */
4537 case 0:
4538 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4539 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->base.number);
4540 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b);
4541 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4542 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
4543 break;
4544 }
4545 }
4546 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
4547 {
4548 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
4549 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
4550 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
4551 anything for this watchpoint. */
4552 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4553 bs->stop = 0;
4554 }
4555 }
4556 }
4557
4558
4559 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
4560 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
4561 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
4562
4563 static void
4564 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs, ptid_t ptid)
4565 {
4566 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
4567 const struct bp_location *bl;
4568 struct breakpoint *b;
4569
4570 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4571 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
4572 gdb_assert (bl != NULL);
4573 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4574 gdb_assert (b != NULL);
4575
4576 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
4577 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
4578 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
4579
4580 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
4581 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
4582 bs->stop = 0;
4583 else if (bs->stop)
4584 {
4585 int value_is_zero = 0;
4586 struct expression *cond;
4587
4588 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
4589 method implemented. */
4590 if (b->py_bp_object)
4591 bs->stop = gdbpy_should_stop (b->py_bp_object);
4592
4593 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4594 {
4595 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4596
4597 cond = w->cond_exp;
4598 }
4599 else
4600 cond = bl->cond;
4601
4602 if (cond && b->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
4603 {
4604 int within_current_scope = 1;
4605 struct watchpoint * w;
4606
4607 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
4608 be a long time before we return to the command level and
4609 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
4610 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
4611 function call. */
4612 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
4613
4614 if (is_watchpoint (b))
4615 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
4616 else
4617 w = NULL;
4618
4619 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
4620 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
4621 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
4622 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
4623 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
4624 call site. */
4625 if (w == NULL || w->cond_exp_valid_block == NULL)
4626 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
4627 else
4628 {
4629 struct frame_info *frame;
4630
4631 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
4632 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
4633 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
4634 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
4635 really matter which instantiation of the function
4636 where the condition makes sense triggers the
4637 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
4638 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
4639 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
4640 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
4641 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
4642 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
4643 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
4644 intuitive. */
4645 frame = block_innermost_frame (w->cond_exp_valid_block);
4646 if (frame != NULL)
4647 select_frame (frame);
4648 else
4649 within_current_scope = 0;
4650 }
4651 if (within_current_scope)
4652 value_is_zero
4653 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, cond,
4654 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
4655 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
4656 else
4657 {
4658 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
4659 "in the current scope"));
4660 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
4661 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
4662 value_is_zero = 0;
4663 }
4664 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
4665 value_free_to_mark (mark);
4666 }
4667
4668 if (cond && value_is_zero)
4669 {
4670 bs->stop = 0;
4671 }
4672 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
4673 {
4674 bs->stop = 0;
4675 }
4676 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
4677 {
4678 b->ignore_count--;
4679 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
4680 bs->stop = 0;
4681 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
4682 ++(b->hit_count);
4683 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4684 }
4685 }
4686 }
4687
4688
4689 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
4690 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
4691
4692 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
4693 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
4694 that:
4695
4696 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
4697
4698 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
4699
4700 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
4701 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
4702 several reasons concurrently.)
4703
4704 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
4705 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
4706
4707 bpstat
4708 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space *aspace,
4709 CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid,
4710 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
4711 {
4712 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
4713 struct bp_location *bl;
4714 struct bp_location *loc;
4715 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
4716 bpstat bs_head = NULL, *bs_link = &bs_head;
4717 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
4718 bpstat bs;
4719 int ix;
4720 int need_remove_insert;
4721 int removed_any;
4722
4723 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
4724 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
4725 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
4726 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
4727 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
4728 inferior function calls. */
4729
4730 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4731 {
4732 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4733 continue;
4734
4735 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
4736 {
4737 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
4738 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
4739 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
4740 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
4741 checked all locations already. */
4742 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint && bl != b->loc)
4743 break;
4744
4745 if (bl->shlib_disabled)
4746 continue;
4747
4748 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
4749 continue;
4750
4751 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
4752 matches. */
4753
4754 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, &bs_link); /* Alloc a bpstat to
4755 explain stop. */
4756
4757 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
4758 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
4759 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
4760 bs->stop = 1;
4761 bs->print = 1;
4762
4763 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
4764 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
4765 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
4766 iteration. */
4767 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint_scope && b->related_breakpoint != b)
4768 {
4769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b->related_breakpoint;
4770
4771 w->watchpoint_triggered = watch_triggered_yes;
4772 }
4773 }
4774 }
4775
4776 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
4777 {
4778 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc, aspace, bp_addr))
4779 {
4780 bs = bpstat_alloc (loc, &bs_link);
4781 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
4782 bs->stop = 0;
4783 bs->print = 0;
4784 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4785 }
4786 }
4787
4788 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
4789 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
4790 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
4791 "catch unload". */
4792 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4793 {
4794 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
4795 {
4796 handle_solib_event ();
4797 break;
4798 }
4799 }
4800
4801 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
4802 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
4803 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
4804
4805 removed_any = 0;
4806
4807 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4808 {
4809 if (!bs->stop)
4810 continue;
4811
4812 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
4813 b->ops->check_status (bs);
4814 if (bs->stop)
4815 {
4816 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs, ptid);
4817
4818 if (bs->stop)
4819 {
4820 ++(b->hit_count);
4821 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
4822
4823 /* We will stop here. */
4824 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
4825 {
4826 --(b->enable_count);
4827 if (b->enable_count <= 0
4828 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
4829 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4830 removed_any = 1;
4831 }
4832 if (b->silent)
4833 bs->print = 0;
4834 bs->commands = b->commands;
4835 incref_counted_command_line (bs->commands);
4836 if (command_line_is_silent (bs->commands
4837 ? bs->commands->commands : NULL))
4838 bs->print = 0;
4839 }
4840
4841 }
4842
4843 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
4844 print. */
4845 if (!bs->stop || !bs->print)
4846 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
4847 }
4848
4849 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
4850 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
4851 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
4852 done later. */
4853 need_remove_insert = 0;
4854 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head))
4855 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4856 if (!bs->stop
4857 && bs->breakpoint_at
4858 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at))
4859 {
4860 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
4861
4862 update_watchpoint (w, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
4863 need_remove_insert = 1;
4864 }
4865
4866 if (need_remove_insert)
4867 update_global_location_list (1);
4868 else if (removed_any)
4869 update_global_location_list (0);
4870
4871 return bs_head;
4872 }
4873
4874 static void
4875 handle_jit_event (void)
4876 {
4877 struct frame_info *frame;
4878 struct gdbarch *gdbarch;
4879
4880 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
4881 breakpoint_re_set. */
4882 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4883
4884 frame = get_current_frame ();
4885 gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
4886
4887 jit_event_handler (gdbarch);
4888
4889 target_terminal_inferior ();
4890 }
4891
4892 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
4893
4894 void
4895 handle_solib_event (void)
4896 {
4897 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace);
4898
4899 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
4900 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
4901 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
4902 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4903 #ifdef SOLIB_ADD
4904 SOLIB_ADD (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4905 #else
4906 solib_add (NULL, 0, &current_target, auto_solib_add);
4907 #endif
4908 target_terminal_inferior ();
4909 }
4910
4911 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
4912
4913 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
4914
4915 struct bpstat_what
4916 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head)
4917 {
4918 struct bpstat_what retval;
4919 int jit_event = 0;
4920 bpstat bs;
4921
4922 retval.main_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4923 retval.call_dummy = STOP_NONE;
4924 retval.is_longjmp = 0;
4925
4926 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
4927 {
4928 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
4929 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
4930 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
4931 enum bptype bptype;
4932
4933 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
4934 {
4935 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
4936 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
4937 bptype = bp_none;
4938 }
4939 else
4940 bptype = bs->breakpoint_at->type;
4941
4942 switch (bptype)
4943 {
4944 case bp_none:
4945 break;
4946 case bp_breakpoint:
4947 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4948 case bp_until:
4949 case bp_finish:
4950 case bp_shlib_event:
4951 if (bs->stop)
4952 {
4953 if (bs->print)
4954 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4955 else
4956 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4957 }
4958 else
4959 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4960 break;
4961 case bp_watchpoint:
4962 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4963 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4964 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4965 if (bs->stop)
4966 {
4967 if (bs->print)
4968 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
4969 else
4970 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
4971 }
4972 else
4973 {
4974 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
4975 This requires no further action. */
4976 }
4977 break;
4978 case bp_longjmp:
4979 case bp_exception:
4980 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4981 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp;
4982 break;
4983 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4984 case bp_exception_resume:
4985 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME;
4986 retval.is_longjmp = bptype == bp_longjmp_resume;
4987 break;
4988 case bp_step_resume:
4989 if (bs->stop)
4990 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME;
4991 else
4992 {
4993 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
4994 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
4995 }
4996 break;
4997 case bp_hp_step_resume:
4998 if (bs->stop)
4999 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME;
5000 else
5001 {
5002 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5003 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5004 }
5005 break;
5006 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5007 case bp_thread_event:
5008 case bp_overlay_event:
5009 case bp_longjmp_master:
5010 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5011 case bp_exception_master:
5012 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5013 break;
5014 case bp_catchpoint:
5015 if (bs->stop)
5016 {
5017 if (bs->print)
5018 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY;
5019 else
5020 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5021 }
5022 else
5023 {
5024 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5025 This requires no further action. */
5026 }
5027 break;
5028 case bp_jit_event:
5029 jit_event = 1;
5030 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5031 break;
5032 case bp_call_dummy:
5033 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5034 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5035 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STACK_DUMMY;
5036 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5037 break;
5038 case bp_std_terminate:
5039 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5040 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5041 retval.call_dummy = STOP_STD_TERMINATE;
5042 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT;
5043 break;
5044 case bp_tracepoint:
5045 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5046 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5047 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5048 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5049 out already. */
5050 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5051 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5052 break;
5053 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5054 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5055 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE;
5056 break;
5057 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5058 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5059 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5060 this_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
5061 break;
5062 default:
5063 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5064 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype);
5065 }
5066
5067 retval.main_action = max (retval.main_action, this_action);
5068 }
5069
5070 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5071 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5072
5073 if (jit_event)
5074 {
5075 if (debug_infrun)
5076 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5077
5078 handle_jit_event ();
5079 }
5080
5081 for (bs = bs_head; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5082 {
5083 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
5084
5085 if (b == NULL)
5086 continue;
5087 switch (b->type)
5088 {
5089 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5090 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b);
5091 break;
5092 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5093 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b);
5094 break;
5095 }
5096 }
5097
5098 return retval;
5099 }
5100
5101 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5102 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5103 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5104
5105 int
5106 bpstat_should_step (void)
5107 {
5108 struct breakpoint *b;
5109
5110 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5111 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint && b->loc != NULL)
5112 return 1;
5113 return 0;
5114 }
5115
5116 int
5117 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs)
5118 {
5119 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
5120 if (bs->stop)
5121 return 1;
5122
5123 return 0;
5124 }
5125
5126 \f
5127
5128 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5129 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5130 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5131
5132 static char *
5133 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out *uiout, const char *col_name)
5134 {
5135 static char wrap_indent[80];
5136 int i, total_width, width, align;
5137 char *text;
5138
5139 total_width = 0;
5140 for (i = 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout, i, &width, &align, &text); i++)
5141 {
5142 if (strcmp (text, col_name) == 0)
5143 {
5144 gdb_assert (total_width < sizeof wrap_indent);
5145 memset (wrap_indent, ' ', total_width);
5146 wrap_indent[total_width] = 0;
5147
5148 return wrap_indent;
5149 }
5150
5151 total_width += width + 1;
5152 }
5153
5154 return NULL;
5155 }
5156
5157 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5158 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5159
5160 "host": Host evals condition.
5161 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5162 "target": Target evals condition.
5163 */
5164
5165 static const char *
5166 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint *b)
5167 {
5168 struct bp_location *bl;
5169 char host_evals = 0;
5170 char target_evals = 0;
5171
5172 if (!b)
5173 return NULL;
5174
5175 if (!is_breakpoint (b))
5176 return NULL;
5177
5178 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5179 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5180 return condition_evaluation_host;
5181
5182 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
5183 {
5184 if (bl->cond_bytecode)
5185 target_evals++;
5186 else
5187 host_evals++;
5188 }
5189
5190 if (host_evals && target_evals)
5191 return condition_evaluation_both;
5192 else if (target_evals)
5193 return condition_evaluation_target;
5194 else
5195 return condition_evaluation_host;
5196 }
5197
5198 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5199 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5200
5201 static const char *
5202 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location *bl)
5203 {
5204 if (bl && !is_breakpoint (bl->owner))
5205 return NULL;
5206
5207 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5208 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5209 return condition_evaluation_host;
5210
5211 if (bl && bl->cond_bytecode)
5212 return condition_evaluation_target;
5213 else
5214 return condition_evaluation_host;
5215 }
5216
5217 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5218
5219 static void
5220 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5221 struct bp_location *loc)
5222 {
5223 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5224 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
5225
5226 if (loc != NULL && loc->shlib_disabled)
5227 loc = NULL;
5228
5229 if (loc != NULL)
5230 set_current_program_space (loc->pspace);
5231
5232 if (b->display_canonical)
5233 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->addr_string);
5234 else if (loc && loc->source_file)
5235 {
5236 struct symbol *sym
5237 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
5238 if (sym)
5239 {
5240 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
5241 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
5242 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
5243 ui_out_text (uiout, " ");
5244 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout, "what"));
5245 ui_out_text (uiout, "at ");
5246 }
5247 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", loc->source_file);
5248 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
5249
5250 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5251 {
5252 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
5253 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
5254
5255 if (fullname)
5256 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
5257 }
5258
5259 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", loc->line_number);
5260 }
5261 else if (loc)
5262 {
5263 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
5264 struct cleanup *stb_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
5265
5266 print_address_symbolic (loc->gdbarch, loc->address, stb->stream,
5267 demangle, "");
5268 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
5269
5270 do_cleanups (stb_chain);
5271 }
5272 else
5273 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
5274
5275 if (loc && is_breakpoint (b)
5276 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5277 && bp_condition_evaluator (b) == condition_evaluation_both)
5278 {
5279 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5280 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5281 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc));
5282 ui_out_text (uiout, ")");
5283 }
5284
5285 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5286 }
5287
5288 static const char *
5289 bptype_string (enum bptype type)
5290 {
5291 struct ep_type_description
5292 {
5293 enum bptype type;
5294 char *description;
5295 };
5296 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
5297 {
5298 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
5299 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
5300 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
5301 {bp_until, "until"},
5302 {bp_finish, "finish"},
5303 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
5304 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
5305 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
5306 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
5307 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
5308 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
5309 {bp_exception, "exception"},
5310 {bp_exception_resume, "exception resume"},
5311 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
5312 {bp_hp_step_resume, "high-priority step resume"},
5313 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
5314 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
5315 {bp_std_terminate, "std::terminate"},
5316 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
5317 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
5318 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
5319 {bp_longjmp_master, "longjmp master"},
5320 {bp_std_terminate_master, "std::terminate master"},
5321 {bp_exception_master, "exception master"},
5322 {bp_catchpoint, "catchpoint"},
5323 {bp_tracepoint, "tracepoint"},
5324 {bp_fast_tracepoint, "fast tracepoint"},
5325 {bp_static_tracepoint, "static tracepoint"},
5326 {bp_jit_event, "jit events"},
5327 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5328 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5329 };
5330
5331 if (((int) type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
5332 || ((int) type != bptypes[(int) type].type))
5333 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5334 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5335 (int) type);
5336
5337 return bptypes[(int) type].description;
5338 }
5339
5340 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5341
5342 static void
5343 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
5344 struct bp_location *loc,
5345 int loc_number,
5346 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5347 int allflag)
5348 {
5349 struct command_line *l;
5350 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
5351
5352 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5353 int header_of_multiple = 0;
5354 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
5355 struct value_print_options opts;
5356
5357 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5358
5359 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
5360 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5361 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5362 if (loc == NULL
5363 && (b->loc != NULL
5364 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
5365 header_of_multiple = 1;
5366 if (loc == NULL)
5367 loc = b->loc;
5368
5369 annotate_record ();
5370
5371 /* 1 */
5372 annotate_field (0);
5373 if (part_of_multiple)
5374 {
5375 char *formatted;
5376 formatted = xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
5377 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
5378 xfree (formatted);
5379 }
5380 else
5381 {
5382 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
5383 }
5384
5385 /* 2 */
5386 annotate_field (1);
5387 if (part_of_multiple)
5388 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
5389 else
5390 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptype_string (b->type));
5391
5392 /* 3 */
5393 annotate_field (2);
5394 if (part_of_multiple)
5395 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
5396 else
5397 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
5398
5399
5400 /* 4 */
5401 annotate_field (3);
5402 if (part_of_multiple)
5403 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled", loc->enabled ? "y" : "n");
5404 else
5405 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c",
5406 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state]);
5407 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 2);
5408
5409
5410 /* 5 and 6 */
5411 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
5412 {
5413 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5414 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5415 make sure there's just one location. */
5416 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
5417 b->ops->print_one (b, last_loc);
5418 }
5419 else
5420 switch (b->type)
5421 {
5422 case bp_none:
5423 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
5424 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5425 break;
5426
5427 case bp_watchpoint:
5428 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
5429 case bp_read_watchpoint:
5430 case bp_access_watchpoint:
5431 {
5432 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5433
5434 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5435 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5436 is relatively readable). */
5437 if (opts.addressprint)
5438 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
5439 annotate_field (5);
5440 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", w->exp_string);
5441 }
5442 break;
5443
5444 case bp_breakpoint:
5445 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5446 case bp_until:
5447 case bp_finish:
5448 case bp_longjmp:
5449 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5450 case bp_exception:
5451 case bp_exception_resume:
5452 case bp_step_resume:
5453 case bp_hp_step_resume:
5454 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5455 case bp_call_dummy:
5456 case bp_std_terminate:
5457 case bp_shlib_event:
5458 case bp_thread_event:
5459 case bp_overlay_event:
5460 case bp_longjmp_master:
5461 case bp_std_terminate_master:
5462 case bp_exception_master:
5463 case bp_tracepoint:
5464 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
5465 case bp_static_tracepoint:
5466 case bp_jit_event:
5467 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
5468 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
5469 if (opts.addressprint)
5470 {
5471 annotate_field (4);
5472 if (header_of_multiple)
5473 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5474 else if (b->loc == NULL || loc->shlib_disabled)
5475 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5476 else
5477 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
5478 loc->gdbarch, loc->address);
5479 }
5480 annotate_field (5);
5481 if (!header_of_multiple)
5482 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc);
5483 if (b->loc)
5484 *last_loc = b->loc;
5485 break;
5486 }
5487
5488
5489 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
5490 are several. */
5491 if (loc != NULL
5492 && !header_of_multiple
5493 && (allflag
5494 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
5495 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
5496 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
5497 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
5498 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
5499 && loc->owner->type != bp_catchpoint)))
5500 {
5501 struct inferior *inf;
5502 int first = 1;
5503
5504 for (inf = inferior_list; inf != NULL; inf = inf->next)
5505 {
5506 if (inf->pspace == loc->pspace)
5507 {
5508 if (first)
5509 {
5510 first = 0;
5511 ui_out_text (uiout, " inf ");
5512 }
5513 else
5514 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
5515 ui_out_text (uiout, plongest (inf->num));
5516 }
5517 }
5518 }
5519
5520 if (!part_of_multiple)
5521 {
5522 if (b->thread != -1)
5523 {
5524 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
5525 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
5526 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
5527 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5528 }
5529 else if (b->task != 0)
5530 {
5531 ui_out_text (uiout, " task ");
5532 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "task", b->task);
5533 }
5534 }
5535
5536 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5537
5538 if (!part_of_multiple)
5539 b->ops->print_one_detail (b, uiout);
5540
5541 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
5542 {
5543 annotate_field (6);
5544 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
5545 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
5546 the frame ID. */
5547 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame",
5548 b->gdbarch, b->frame_id.stack_addr);
5549 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5550 }
5551
5552 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string)
5553 {
5554 annotate_field (7);
5555 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5556 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace only if ");
5557 else
5558 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
5559 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
5560
5561 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
5562 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
5563 if (is_breakpoint (b)
5564 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
5565 == condition_evaluation_target)
5566 {
5567 ui_out_text (uiout, " (");
5568 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "evaluated-by",
5569 bp_condition_evaluator (b));
5570 ui_out_text (uiout, " evals)");
5571 }
5572 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5573 }
5574
5575 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
5576 {
5577 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5578 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
5579 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
5580 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
5581 }
5582
5583 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count)
5584 {
5585 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
5586 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
5587 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
5588 else if (is_tracepoint (b))
5589 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttracepoint");
5590 else
5591 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
5592 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
5593 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5594 if (b->hit_count == 1)
5595 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
5596 else
5597 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
5598 }
5599
5600 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi.
5601 FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
5602 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5603 if (!part_of_multiple && b->hit_count == 0)
5604 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
5605
5606 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
5607 {
5608 annotate_field (8);
5609 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
5610 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
5611 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5612 }
5613
5614 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
5615 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
5616 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
5617 if (!part_of_multiple && b->enable_count > 1)
5618 {
5619 annotate_field (8);
5620 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tdisable after ");
5621 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
5622 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
5623 if (b->ignore_count)
5624 ui_out_text (uiout, "additional ");
5625 else
5626 ui_out_text (uiout, "next ");
5627 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "enable", b->enable_count);
5628 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
5629 }
5630
5631 if (!part_of_multiple && is_tracepoint (b))
5632 {
5633 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5634
5635 if (tp->traceframe_usage)
5636 {
5637 ui_out_text (uiout, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
5638 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "traceframe-usage", tp->traceframe_usage);
5639 ui_out_text (uiout, " bytes\n");
5640 }
5641 }
5642
5643 l = b->commands ? b->commands->commands : NULL;
5644 if (!part_of_multiple && l)
5645 {
5646 struct cleanup *script_chain;
5647
5648 annotate_field (9);
5649 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
5650 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
5651 do_cleanups (script_chain);
5652 }
5653
5654 if (is_tracepoint (b))
5655 {
5656 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
5657
5658 if (!part_of_multiple && t->pass_count)
5659 {
5660 annotate_field (10);
5661 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tpass count ");
5662 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "pass", t->pass_count);
5663 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5664 }
5665 }
5666
5667 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout) && !part_of_multiple)
5668 {
5669 if (is_watchpoint (b))
5670 {
5671 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
5672
5673 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", w->exp_string);
5674 }
5675 else if (b->addr_string)
5676 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "original-location", b->addr_string);
5677 }
5678 }
5679
5680 static void
5681 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
5682 struct bp_location **last_loc,
5683 int allflag)
5684 {
5685 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
5686 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5687
5688 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
5689
5690 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_loc, allflag);
5691 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
5692
5693 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
5694 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
5695 locations, if any. */
5696 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
5697 {
5698 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
5699 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
5700 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
5701 situation.
5702
5703 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
5704 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
5705 if (b->loc
5706 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
5707 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled))
5708 {
5709 struct bp_location *loc;
5710 int n = 1;
5711
5712 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
5713 {
5714 struct cleanup *inner2 =
5715 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, NULL);
5716 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_loc, allflag);
5717 do_cleanups (inner2);
5718 }
5719 }
5720 }
5721 }
5722
5723 static int
5724 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint *b)
5725 {
5726 int print_address_bits = 0;
5727 struct bp_location *loc;
5728
5729 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
5730 {
5731 int addr_bit;
5732
5733 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
5734 an address to print. */
5735 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint && loc->watchpoint_type == -1)
5736 continue;
5737
5738 addr_bit = gdbarch_addr_bit (loc->gdbarch);
5739 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5740 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5741 }
5742
5743 return print_address_bits;
5744 }
5745
5746 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
5747 {
5748 int bnum;
5749 };
5750
5751 static int
5752 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5753 {
5754 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
5755 struct breakpoint *b;
5756 struct bp_location *dummy_loc = NULL;
5757
5758 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5759 {
5760 if (args->bnum == b->number)
5761 {
5762 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_loc, 0);
5763 return GDB_RC_OK;
5764 }
5765 }
5766 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5767 }
5768
5769 enum gdb_rc
5770 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum,
5771 char **error_message)
5772 {
5773 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
5774
5775 args.bnum = bnum;
5776 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
5777 an error. */
5778 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
5779 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5780 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5781 else
5782 return GDB_RC_OK;
5783 }
5784
5785 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
5786 internal or momentary. */
5787
5788 int
5789 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
5790 {
5791 return b->number > 0;
5792 }
5793
5794 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
5795 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
5796 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
5797 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
5798 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
5799 breakpoints listed. */
5800
5801 static int
5802 breakpoint_1 (char *args, int allflag,
5803 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
5804 {
5805 struct breakpoint *b;
5806 struct bp_location *last_loc = NULL;
5807 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
5808 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
5809 struct value_print_options opts;
5810 int print_address_bits = 0;
5811 int print_type_col_width = 14;
5812 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5813
5814 get_user_print_options (&opts);
5815
5816 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
5817 required for address fields. */
5818 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
5819 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5820 {
5821 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5822 if (filter && !filter (b))
5823 continue;
5824
5825 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5826 accept. Skip the others. */
5827 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5828 {
5829 if (allflag && parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5830 continue;
5831 if (!allflag && !number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5832 continue;
5833 }
5834
5835 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5836 {
5837 int addr_bit, type_len;
5838
5839 addr_bit = breakpoint_address_bits (b);
5840 if (addr_bit > print_address_bits)
5841 print_address_bits = addr_bit;
5842
5843 type_len = strlen (bptype_string (b->type));
5844 if (type_len > print_type_col_width)
5845 print_type_col_width = type_len;
5846
5847 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
5848 }
5849 }
5850
5851 if (opts.addressprint)
5852 bkpttbl_chain
5853 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6,
5854 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5855 "BreakpointTable");
5856 else
5857 bkpttbl_chain
5858 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5,
5859 nr_printable_breakpoints,
5860 "BreakpointTable");
5861
5862 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5863 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
5864 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5865 annotate_field (0);
5866 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
5867 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5868 annotate_field (1);
5869 ui_out_table_header (uiout, print_type_col_width, ui_left,
5870 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
5871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5872 annotate_field (2);
5873 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
5874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5875 annotate_field (3);
5876 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 3, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
5877 if (opts.addressprint)
5878 {
5879 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5880 annotate_field (4);
5881 if (print_address_bits <= 32)
5882 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left,
5883 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5884 else
5885 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left,
5886 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
5887 }
5888 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5889 annotate_field (5);
5890 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
5891 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
5892 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
5893 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
5894
5895 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
5896 {
5897 QUIT;
5898 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
5899 if (filter && !filter (b))
5900 continue;
5901
5902 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
5903 accept. Skip the others. */
5904
5905 if (args != NULL && *args != '\0')
5906 {
5907 if (allflag) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
5908 {
5909 if (parse_and_eval_long (args) != b->number)
5910 continue;
5911 }
5912 else /* all others */
5913 {
5914 if (!number_is_in_list (args, b->number))
5915 continue;
5916 }
5917 }
5918 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
5919 allflag is set. */
5920 if (allflag || user_breakpoint_p (b))
5921 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_loc, allflag);
5922 }
5923
5924 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
5925
5926 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
5927 {
5928 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
5929 empty list. */
5930 if (!filter)
5931 {
5932 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5933 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
5934 else
5935 ui_out_message (uiout, 0,
5936 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
5937 args);
5938 }
5939 }
5940 else
5941 {
5942 if (last_loc && !server_command)
5943 set_next_address (last_loc->gdbarch, last_loc->address);
5944 }
5945
5946 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
5947 there have been breakpoints? */
5948 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
5949
5950 return nr_printable_breakpoints;
5951 }
5952
5953 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
5954 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
5955
5956 static void
5957 default_collect_info (void)
5958 {
5959 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5960
5961 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
5962 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
5963 not wanted. */
5964 if (!*default_collect)
5965 return;
5966
5967 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
5968 actions. */
5969 ui_out_text (uiout, "default collect ");
5970 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "default-collect", default_collect);
5971 ui_out_text (uiout, " \n");
5972 }
5973
5974 static void
5975 breakpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5976 {
5977 breakpoint_1 (args, 0, NULL);
5978
5979 default_collect_info ();
5980 }
5981
5982 static void
5983 watchpoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
5984 {
5985 int num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_watchpoint);
5986 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
5987
5988 if (num_printed == 0)
5989 {
5990 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
5991 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
5992 else
5993 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
5994 }
5995 }
5996
5997 static void
5998 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args, int from_tty)
5999 {
6000 breakpoint_1 (args, 1, NULL);
6001
6002 default_collect_info ();
6003 }
6004
6005 static int
6006 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b,
6007 struct program_space *pspace,
6008 CORE_ADDR pc, struct obj_section *section)
6009 {
6010 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
6011
6012 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
6013 {
6014 if (bl->pspace == pspace
6015 && bl->address == pc
6016 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
6017 return 1;
6018 }
6019 return 0;
6020 }
6021
6022 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6023 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6024 address spaces. */
6025
6026 static void
6027 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6028 struct program_space *pspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
6029 struct obj_section *section, int thread)
6030 {
6031 int others = 0;
6032 struct breakpoint *b;
6033
6034 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6035 others += (user_breakpoint_p (b)
6036 && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section));
6037 if (others > 0)
6038 {
6039 if (others == 1)
6040 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6041 else /* if (others == ???) */
6042 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6043 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6044 if (user_breakpoint_p (b) && breakpoint_has_pc (b, pspace, pc, section))
6045 {
6046 others--;
6047 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
6048 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
6049 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6050 else if (b->thread != -1)
6051 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
6052 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6053 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled
6054 || b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
6055 ? " (disabled)"
6056 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
6057 ? " (permanent)"
6058 : ""),
6059 (others > 1) ? ","
6060 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
6061 }
6062 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6063 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch, pc), gdb_stdout);
6064 printf_filtered (".\n");
6065 }
6066 }
6067 \f
6068
6069 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6070 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6071 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6072 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6073
6074 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6075 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6076 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6077 breakpoint at address zero:
6078
6079 bp_watchpoint
6080 bp_catchpoint
6081
6082 */
6083
6084 static int
6085 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6086 {
6087 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
6088
6089 return (type != bp_watchpoint && type != bp_catchpoint);
6090 }
6091
6092 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6093 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6094
6095 static int
6096 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6097 struct bp_location *loc2)
6098 {
6099 struct watchpoint *w1 = (struct watchpoint *) loc1->owner;
6100 struct watchpoint *w2 = (struct watchpoint *) loc2->owner;
6101
6102 /* Both of them must exist. */
6103 gdb_assert (w1 != NULL);
6104 gdb_assert (w2 != NULL);
6105
6106 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6107 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6108 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6109 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6110 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6111 other watchpoint. */
6112 if ((w1->cond_exp
6113 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1->address,
6114 loc1->length,
6115 loc1->watchpoint_type,
6116 w1->cond_exp))
6117 || (w2->cond_exp
6118 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2->address,
6119 loc2->length,
6120 loc2->watchpoint_type,
6121 w2->cond_exp)))
6122 return 0;
6123
6124 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6125 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6126 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6127 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6128 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6129 become hw_access locations later. */
6130 return (loc1->owner->type == loc2->owner->type
6131 && loc1->pspace->aspace == loc2->pspace->aspace
6132 && loc1->address == loc2->address
6133 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6134 }
6135
6136 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6137 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6138 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6139 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6140
6141 static int
6142 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6143 struct address_space *aspace2, CORE_ADDR addr2)
6144 {
6145 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6146 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6147 && addr1 == addr2);
6148 }
6149
6150 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6151 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6152 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6153 space doesn't really matter. */
6154
6155 static int
6156 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space *aspace1, CORE_ADDR addr1,
6157 int len1, struct address_space *aspace2,
6158 CORE_ADDR addr2)
6159 {
6160 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch)
6161 || aspace1 == aspace2)
6162 && addr2 >= addr1 && addr2 < addr1 + len1);
6163 }
6164
6165 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6166 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6167 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6168 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6169
6170 static int
6171 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location *bl,
6172 struct address_space *aspace,
6173 CORE_ADDR addr)
6174 {
6175 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
6176 aspace, addr)
6177 || (bl->length
6178 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace,
6179 bl->address, bl->length,
6180 aspace, addr)));
6181 }
6182
6183 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6184 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6185 true, otherwise returns false. */
6186
6187 static int
6188 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6189 struct bp_location *loc2)
6190 {
6191 if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) && is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6192 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6193 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6194 different locations. */
6195 return (loc1->address == loc2->address && loc1->owner == loc2->owner);
6196 else
6197 return 0;
6198 }
6199
6200 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6201 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6202 represent the same location. */
6203
6204 static int
6205 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location *loc1,
6206 struct bp_location *loc2)
6207 {
6208 int hw_point1, hw_point2;
6209
6210 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6211 gdb_assert (loc1->owner != NULL);
6212 gdb_assert (loc2->owner != NULL);
6213
6214 hw_point1 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1->owner);
6215 hw_point2 = is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner);
6216
6217 if (hw_point1 != hw_point2)
6218 return 0;
6219 else if (hw_point1)
6220 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6221 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1->owner) || is_tracepoint (loc2->owner))
6222 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1, loc2);
6223 else
6224 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6225 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1->pspace->aspace, loc1->address,
6226 loc2->pspace->aspace, loc2->address)
6227 && loc1->length == loc2->length);
6228 }
6229
6230 static void
6231 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
6232 int bnum, int have_bnum)
6233 {
6234 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6235 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6236 char astr1[64];
6237 char astr2[64];
6238
6239 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
6240 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
6241 if (have_bnum)
6242 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6243 bnum, astr1, astr2);
6244 else
6245 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
6246 }
6247
6248 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6249 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6250 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6251 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6252
6253 static CORE_ADDR
6254 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6255 CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
6256 {
6257 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch))
6258 {
6259 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6260 return bpaddr;
6261 }
6262 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
6263 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
6264 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
6265 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
6266 || bptype == bp_catchpoint)
6267 {
6268 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6269 have their addresses modified. */
6270 return bpaddr;
6271 }
6272 else
6273 {
6274 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
6275
6276 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6277 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6278 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch, bpaddr);
6279
6280 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6281 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6282 is required. */
6283 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
6284 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
6285
6286 return adjusted_bpaddr;
6287 }
6288 }
6289
6290 void
6291 init_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc, const struct bp_location_ops *ops,
6292 struct breakpoint *owner)
6293 {
6294 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
6295
6296 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6297
6298 loc->ops = ops;
6299 loc->owner = owner;
6300 loc->cond = NULL;
6301 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
6302 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
6303 loc->enabled = 1;
6304
6305 switch (owner->type)
6306 {
6307 case bp_breakpoint:
6308 case bp_until:
6309 case bp_finish:
6310 case bp_longjmp:
6311 case bp_longjmp_resume:
6312 case bp_exception:
6313 case bp_exception_resume:
6314 case bp_step_resume:
6315 case bp_hp_step_resume:
6316 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
6317 case bp_call_dummy:
6318 case bp_std_terminate:
6319 case bp_shlib_event:
6320 case bp_thread_event:
6321 case bp_overlay_event:
6322 case bp_jit_event:
6323 case bp_longjmp_master:
6324 case bp_std_terminate_master:
6325 case bp_exception_master:
6326 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
6327 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return:
6328 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
6329 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6330 break;
6331 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
6332 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
6333 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
6334 break;
6335 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
6336 case bp_read_watchpoint:
6337 case bp_access_watchpoint:
6338 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
6339 break;
6340 case bp_watchpoint:
6341 case bp_catchpoint:
6342 case bp_tracepoint:
6343 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
6344 case bp_static_tracepoint:
6345 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
6346 break;
6347 default:
6348 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6349 }
6350
6351 loc->refc = 1;
6352 }
6353
6354 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6355
6356 static struct bp_location *
6357 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt)
6358 {
6359 return bpt->ops->allocate_location (bpt);
6360 }
6361
6362 static void
6363 free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
6364 {
6365 loc->ops->dtor (loc);
6366 xfree (loc);
6367 }
6368
6369 /* Increment reference count. */
6370
6371 static void
6372 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location *bl)
6373 {
6374 ++bl->refc;
6375 }
6376
6377 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6378 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6379
6380 static void
6381 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location **blp)
6382 {
6383 gdb_assert ((*blp)->refc > 0);
6384
6385 if (--(*blp)->refc == 0)
6386 free_bp_location (*blp);
6387 *blp = NULL;
6388 }
6389
6390 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6391
6392 static void
6393 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint *b)
6394 {
6395 struct breakpoint *b1;
6396
6397 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6398 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6399
6400 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
6401 if (b1 == 0)
6402 breakpoint_chain = b;
6403 else
6404 {
6405 while (b1->next)
6406 b1 = b1->next;
6407 b1->next = b;
6408 }
6409 }
6410
6411 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6412
6413 static void
6414 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint *b,
6415 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6416 enum bptype bptype,
6417 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6418 {
6419 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
6420
6421 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
6422
6423 b->ops = ops;
6424 b->type = bptype;
6425 b->gdbarch = gdbarch;
6426 b->language = current_language->la_language;
6427 b->input_radix = input_radix;
6428 b->thread = -1;
6429 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6430 b->next = 0;
6431 b->silent = 0;
6432 b->ignore_count = 0;
6433 b->commands = NULL;
6434 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
6435 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
6436 b->py_bp_object = NULL;
6437 b->related_breakpoint = b;
6438 }
6439
6440 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6441 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6442
6443 static struct breakpoint *
6444 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6445 enum bptype bptype,
6446 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6447 {
6448 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6449
6450 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6451 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6452 return b;
6453 }
6454
6455 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6456 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6457 enough. */
6458
6459 static void
6460 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc, int explicit_loc)
6461 {
6462 gdb_assert (loc->owner != NULL);
6463
6464 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
6465 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
6466 || is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
6467 {
6468 int is_gnu_ifunc;
6469 const char *function_name;
6470
6471 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc->address, &function_name,
6472 NULL, NULL, &is_gnu_ifunc);
6473
6474 if (is_gnu_ifunc && !explicit_loc)
6475 {
6476 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6477
6478 gdb_assert (loc->pspace == current_program_space);
6479 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name,
6480 &loc->requested_address))
6481 {
6482 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
6483 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->gdbarch,
6484 loc->requested_address,
6485 b->type);
6486 }
6487 else if (b->type == bp_breakpoint && b->loc == loc
6488 && loc->next == NULL && b->related_breakpoint == b)
6489 {
6490 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
6491 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
6492 b->type = bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver;
6493 }
6494 }
6495
6496 if (function_name)
6497 loc->function_name = xstrdup (function_name);
6498 }
6499 }
6500
6501 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
6502 struct gdbarch *
6503 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6504 {
6505 if (sal.section)
6506 return get_objfile_arch (sal.section->objfile);
6507 if (sal.symtab)
6508 return get_objfile_arch (sal.symtab->objfile);
6509
6510 return NULL;
6511 }
6512
6513 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
6514 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
6515 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
6516
6517 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6518 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6519 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
6520
6521 static void
6522 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6523 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6524 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6525 {
6526 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, bptype, ops);
6527
6528 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
6529
6530 if (bptype != bp_catchpoint)
6531 gdb_assert (sal.pspace != NULL);
6532
6533 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
6534 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
6535 program space. */
6536 if (bptype != bp_breakpoint && bptype != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6537 b->pspace = sal.pspace;
6538
6539 breakpoints_changed ();
6540 }
6541
6542 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
6543 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
6544 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
6545 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
6546 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
6547 is also returned as the value of this function.
6548
6549 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
6550 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
6551 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
6552 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
6553 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
6554 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
6555 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
6556
6557 struct breakpoint *
6558 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
6559 struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype,
6560 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
6561 {
6562 struct breakpoint *b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
6563
6564 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bptype, ops);
6565 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
6566 return b;
6567 }
6568
6569
6570 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
6571 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
6572 void
6573 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
6574 {
6575 struct bp_location *bl;
6576
6577 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
6578
6579 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
6580 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
6581 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
6582 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
6583 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
6584 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
6585 bl->inserted = 1;
6586 }
6587
6588 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
6589 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
6590 initiated the operation. */
6591
6592 void
6593 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info *tp, struct frame_id frame)
6594 {
6595 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6596 int thread = tp->num;
6597
6598 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
6599 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
6600 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
6601 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
6602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6603 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6604 && (b->type == bp_longjmp_master
6605 || b->type == bp_exception_master))
6606 {
6607 enum bptype type = b->type == bp_longjmp_master ? bp_longjmp : bp_exception;
6608 struct breakpoint *clone;
6609
6610 clone = momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, type,
6611 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6612 clone->thread = thread;
6613 }
6614
6615 tp->initiating_frame = frame;
6616 }
6617
6618 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
6619 void
6620 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread)
6621 {
6622 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6623
6624 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6625 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6626 {
6627 if (b->thread == thread)
6628 delete_breakpoint (b);
6629 }
6630 }
6631
6632 void
6633 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread)
6634 {
6635 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6636
6637 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6638 if (b->type == bp_longjmp || b->type == bp_exception)
6639 {
6640 if (b->thread == thread)
6641 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
6642 }
6643 }
6644
6645 void
6646 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6647 {
6648 struct breakpoint *b;
6649
6650 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6651 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6652 {
6653 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6654 update_global_location_list (1);
6655 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
6656 }
6657 }
6658
6659 void
6660 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
6661 {
6662 struct breakpoint *b;
6663
6664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
6665 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
6666 {
6667 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
6668 update_global_location_list (0);
6669 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
6670 }
6671 }
6672
6673 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
6674 master breakpoint. */
6675 void
6676 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6677 {
6678 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6679
6680 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6681 if (b->pspace == current_program_space
6682 && b->type == bp_std_terminate_master)
6683 {
6684 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b, bp_std_terminate,
6685 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
6686 }
6687 }
6688
6689 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
6690 void
6691 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
6692 {
6693 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6694
6695 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6696 if (b->type == bp_std_terminate)
6697 delete_breakpoint (b);
6698 }
6699
6700 struct breakpoint *
6701 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6702 {
6703 struct breakpoint *b;
6704
6705 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_thread_event,
6706 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6707
6708 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6709 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
6710 b->addr_string
6711 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
6712
6713 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6714
6715 return b;
6716 }
6717
6718 void
6719 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
6720 {
6721 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6722
6723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6724 if (b->type == bp_thread_event
6725 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6726 delete_breakpoint (b);
6727 }
6728
6729 struct lang_and_radix
6730 {
6731 enum language lang;
6732 int radix;
6733 };
6734
6735 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
6736
6737 struct breakpoint *
6738 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6739 {
6740 struct breakpoint *b;
6741
6742 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_jit_event,
6743 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6744 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6745 return b;
6746 }
6747
6748 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
6749
6750 void
6751 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
6752 {
6753 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6754
6755 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6756 if (b->type == bp_jit_event
6757 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6758 delete_breakpoint (b);
6759 }
6760
6761 void
6762 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
6763 {
6764 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
6765
6766 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
6767 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event
6768 && b->loc->pspace == current_program_space)
6769 delete_breakpoint (b);
6770 }
6771
6772 struct breakpoint *
6773 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR address)
6774 {
6775 struct breakpoint *b;
6776
6777 b = create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch, address, bp_shlib_event,
6778 &internal_breakpoint_ops);
6779 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
6780 return b;
6781 }
6782
6783 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
6784 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
6785
6786 void
6787 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
6788 {
6789 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6790
6791 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6792 {
6793 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6794 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6795
6796 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
6797 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
6798 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
6799 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
6800 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
6801 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint)
6802 || (b->type == bp_jit_event)
6803 || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6804 || (is_tracepoint (b)))
6805 && loc->pspace == current_program_space
6806 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6807 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
6808 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
6809 #else
6810 && solib_name_from_address (loc->pspace, loc->address)
6811 #endif
6812 )
6813 {
6814 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6815 }
6816 }
6817 }
6818
6819 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
6820 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
6821 disabled. */
6822
6823 static void
6824 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
6825 {
6826 struct bp_location *loc, **locp_tmp;
6827 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
6828
6829 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
6830 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
6831 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
6832 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
6833 if (exec_bfd != NULL
6834 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd) == bfd_target_aout_flavour)
6835 return;
6836
6837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp_tmp)
6838 {
6839 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
6840 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
6841
6842 if (solib->pspace == loc->pspace
6843 && !loc->shlib_disabled
6844 && (((b->type == bp_breakpoint
6845 || b->type == bp_jit_event
6846 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
6847 && (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
6848 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint))
6849 || is_tracepoint (b))
6850 && solib_contains_address_p (solib, loc->address))
6851 {
6852 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
6853 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
6854 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
6855 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
6856 loc->inserted = 0;
6857
6858 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
6859 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
6860
6861 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
6862 {
6863 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
6864 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
6865 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
6866 solib->so_name);
6867 }
6868 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
6869 }
6870 }
6871 }
6872
6873 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
6874
6875 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
6876 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
6877 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
6878 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
6879 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
6880
6881 struct fork_catchpoint
6882 {
6883 /* The base class. */
6884 struct breakpoint base;
6885
6886 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
6887 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
6888 catchpoint has triggered. */
6889 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid;
6890 };
6891
6892 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6893 catchpoints. */
6894
6895 static int
6896 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6897 {
6898 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6899 }
6900
6901 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6902 catchpoints. */
6903
6904 static int
6905 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location *bl)
6906 {
6907 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
6908 }
6909
6910 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6911 catchpoints. */
6912
6913 static int
6914 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location *bl,
6915 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
6916 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
6917 {
6918 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
6919
6920 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED)
6921 return 0;
6922
6923 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
6924 return 1;
6925 }
6926
6927 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6928 catchpoints. */
6929
6930 static enum print_stop_action
6931 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs)
6932 {
6933 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6934 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
6935 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
6936
6937 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6938 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
6939 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
6940 else
6941 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
6942 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
6943 {
6944 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
6945 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK));
6946 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
6947 }
6948 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
6949 ui_out_text (uiout, " (forked process ");
6950 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6951 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
6952 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6953 }
6954
6955 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6956 catchpoints. */
6957
6958 static void
6959 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
6960 {
6961 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
6962 struct value_print_options opts;
6963 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
6964
6965 get_user_print_options (&opts);
6966
6967 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
6968 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
6969 readable). */
6970 if (opts.addressprint)
6971 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
6972 annotate_field (5);
6973 ui_out_text (uiout, "fork");
6974 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
6975 {
6976 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
6977 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
6978 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
6979 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
6980 }
6981 }
6982
6983 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6984 catchpoints. */
6985
6986 static void
6987 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b)
6988 {
6989 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b->number);
6990 }
6991
6992 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
6993 catchpoints. */
6994
6995 static void
6996 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
6997 {
6998 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch fork");
6999 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7000 }
7001
7002 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7003
7004 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
7005
7006 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7007 catchpoints. */
7008
7009 static int
7010 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7011 {
7012 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7013 }
7014
7015 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7016 catchpoints. */
7017
7018 static int
7019 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location *bl)
7020 {
7021 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7022 }
7023
7024 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7025 catchpoints. */
7026
7027 static int
7028 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location *bl,
7029 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7030 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7031 {
7032 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7033
7034 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED)
7035 return 0;
7036
7037 c->forked_inferior_pid = ws->value.related_pid;
7038 return 1;
7039 }
7040
7041 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7042 catchpoints. */
7043
7044 static enum print_stop_action
7045 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs)
7046 {
7047 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7048 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7049 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7050
7051 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7052 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7053 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7054 else
7055 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7056 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7057 {
7058 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7059 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK));
7060 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7061 }
7062 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7063 ui_out_text (uiout, " (vforked process ");
7064 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7065 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7066 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7067 }
7068
7069 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7070 catchpoints. */
7071
7072 static void
7073 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7074 {
7075 struct fork_catchpoint *c = (struct fork_catchpoint *) b;
7076 struct value_print_options opts;
7077 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7078
7079 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7080 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7081 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7082 readable). */
7083 if (opts.addressprint)
7084 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7085 annotate_field (5);
7086 ui_out_text (uiout, "vfork");
7087 if (!ptid_equal (c->forked_inferior_pid, null_ptid))
7088 {
7089 ui_out_text (uiout, ", process ");
7090 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what",
7091 ptid_get_pid (c->forked_inferior_pid));
7092 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
7093 }
7094 }
7095
7096 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7097 catchpoints. */
7098
7099 static void
7100 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b)
7101 {
7102 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b->number);
7103 }
7104
7105 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7106 catchpoints. */
7107
7108 static void
7109 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7110 {
7111 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch vfork");
7112 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7113 }
7114
7115 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7116
7117 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
7118
7119 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7120 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7121 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7122 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7123 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7124
7125 struct solib_catchpoint
7126 {
7127 /* The base class. */
7128 struct breakpoint base;
7129
7130 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7131 unsigned char is_load;
7132
7133 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7134 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7135 char *regex;
7136 regex_t compiled;
7137 };
7138
7139 static void
7140 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7141 {
7142 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7143
7144 if (self->regex)
7145 regfree (&self->compiled);
7146 xfree (self->regex);
7147
7148 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7149 }
7150
7151 static int
7152 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7153 {
7154 return 0;
7155 }
7156
7157 static int
7158 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location *ignore)
7159 {
7160 return 0;
7161 }
7162
7163 static int
7164 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location *bl,
7165 struct address_space *aspace,
7166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7167 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7168 {
7169 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7170 struct breakpoint *other;
7171
7172 if (ws->kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED)
7173 return 1;
7174
7175 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other)
7176 {
7177 struct bp_location *other_bl;
7178
7179 if (other == bl->owner)
7180 continue;
7181
7182 if (other->type != bp_shlib_event)
7183 continue;
7184
7185 if (self->base.pspace != NULL && other->pspace != self->base.pspace)
7186 continue;
7187
7188 for (other_bl = other->loc; other_bl != NULL; other_bl = other_bl->next)
7189 {
7190 if (other->ops->breakpoint_hit (other_bl, aspace, bp_addr, ws))
7191 return 1;
7192 }
7193 }
7194
7195 return 0;
7196 }
7197
7198 static void
7199 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats *bs)
7200 {
7201 struct solib_catchpoint *self
7202 = (struct solib_catchpoint *) bs->breakpoint_at;
7203 int ix;
7204
7205 if (self->is_load)
7206 {
7207 struct so_list *iter;
7208
7209 for (ix = 0;
7210 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr, current_program_space->added_solibs,
7211 ix, iter);
7212 ++ix)
7213 {
7214 if (!self->regex
7215 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter->so_name, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7216 return;
7217 }
7218 }
7219 else
7220 {
7221 char *iter;
7222
7223 for (ix = 0;
7224 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, current_program_space->deleted_solibs,
7225 ix, iter);
7226 ++ix)
7227 {
7228 if (!self->regex
7229 || regexec (&self->compiled, iter, 0, NULL, 0) == 0)
7230 return;
7231 }
7232 }
7233
7234 bs->stop = 0;
7235 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
7236 }
7237
7238 static enum print_stop_action
7239 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs)
7240 {
7241 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7242 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7243
7244 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7245 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7246 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7247 else
7248 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7249 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7250 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
7251 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7252 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7253 print_solib_event (1);
7254 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7255 }
7256
7257 static void
7258 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **locs)
7259 {
7260 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7261 struct value_print_options opts;
7262 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7263 char *msg;
7264
7265 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7266 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7267 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7268 readable). */
7269 if (opts.addressprint)
7270 {
7271 annotate_field (4);
7272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7273 }
7274
7275 annotate_field (5);
7276 if (self->is_load)
7277 {
7278 if (self->regex)
7279 msg = xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7280 else
7281 msg = xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7282 }
7283 else
7284 {
7285 if (self->regex)
7286 msg = xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self->regex);
7287 else
7288 msg = xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7289 }
7290 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", msg);
7291 xfree (msg);
7292 }
7293
7294 static void
7295 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b)
7296 {
7297 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7298
7299 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b->number,
7300 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7301 }
7302
7303 static void
7304 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7305 {
7306 struct solib_catchpoint *self = (struct solib_catchpoint *) b;
7307
7308 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "%s %s",
7309 b->disposition == disp_del ? "tcatch" : "catch",
7310 self->is_load ? "load" : "unload");
7311 if (self->regex)
7312 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->regex);
7313 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
7314 }
7315
7316 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
7317
7318 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7319 "catch unload". */
7320
7321 static void
7322 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg, int from_tty, int is_load,
7323 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7324 {
7325 struct solib_catchpoint *c;
7326 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7327 int tempflag;
7328 regex_t compiled;
7329 struct cleanup *cleanup;
7330
7331 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
7332
7333 if (!arg)
7334 arg = "";
7335 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
7336
7337 c = XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint);
7338 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, c);
7339
7340 if (*arg != '\0')
7341 {
7342 int errcode;
7343
7344 errcode = regcomp (&c->compiled, arg, REG_NOSUB);
7345 if (errcode != 0)
7346 {
7347 char *err = get_regcomp_error (errcode, &c->compiled);
7348
7349 make_cleanup (xfree, err);
7350 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err, arg);
7351 }
7352 c->regex = xstrdup (arg);
7353 }
7354
7355 c->is_load = is_load;
7356 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL,
7357 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops);
7358
7359 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
7360 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7361 }
7362
7363 static void
7364 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7365 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7366 {
7367 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 1, command);
7368 }
7369
7370 static void
7371 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
7372 struct cmd_list_element *command)
7373 {
7374 catch_load_or_unload (arg, from_tty, 0, command);
7375 }
7376
7377 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
7378 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7379 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7380 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7381 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7382
7383 struct syscall_catchpoint
7384 {
7385 /* The base class. */
7386 struct breakpoint base;
7387
7388 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
7389 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
7390 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
7391 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
7392 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught;
7393 };
7394
7395 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7396 catchpoints. */
7397
7398 static void
7399 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7400 {
7401 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7402
7403 VEC_free (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught);
7404
7405 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7406 }
7407
7408 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7409 catchpoints. */
7410
7411 static int
7412 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7413 {
7414 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7415 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7416
7417 ++inf->total_syscalls_count;
7418 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7419 ++inf->any_syscall_count;
7420 else
7421 {
7422 int i, iter;
7423
7424 for (i = 0;
7425 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7426 i++)
7427 {
7428 int elem;
7429
7430 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
7431 {
7432 int old_size = VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
7433 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
7434 = old_size * ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
7435 uintptr_t vec_addr;
7436 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter + 1);
7437 vec_addr = (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts) +
7438 vec_addr_offset;
7439 memset ((void *) vec_addr, 0,
7440 (iter + 1 - old_size) * sizeof (int));
7441 }
7442 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
7443 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, ++elem);
7444 }
7445 }
7446
7447 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7448 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7449 inf->any_syscall_count,
7450 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
7451 VEC_address (int, inf->syscalls_counts));
7452 }
7453
7454 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7455 catchpoints. */
7456
7457 static int
7458 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location *bl)
7459 {
7460 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7461 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
7462
7463 --inf->total_syscalls_count;
7464 if (!c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7465 --inf->any_syscall_count;
7466 else
7467 {
7468 int i, iter;
7469
7470 for (i = 0;
7471 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7472 i++)
7473 {
7474 int elem;
7475 if (iter >= VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts))
7476 /* Shouldn't happen. */
7477 continue;
7478 elem = VEC_index (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter);
7479 VEC_replace (int, inf->syscalls_counts, iter, --elem);
7480 }
7481 }
7482
7483 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
7484 inf->total_syscalls_count != 0,
7485 inf->any_syscall_count,
7486 VEC_length (int, inf->syscalls_counts),
7487 VEC_address (int,
7488 inf->syscalls_counts));
7489 }
7490
7491 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7492 catchpoints. */
7493
7494 static int
7495 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location *bl,
7496 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7497 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7498 {
7499 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
7500 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
7501 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
7502 int syscall_number = 0;
7503 const struct syscall_catchpoint *c
7504 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7505
7506 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7507 && ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN)
7508 return 0;
7509
7510 syscall_number = ws->value.syscall_number;
7511
7512 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
7513 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7514 {
7515 int i, iter;
7516
7517 for (i = 0;
7518 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7519 i++)
7520 if (syscall_number == iter)
7521 break;
7522 /* Not the same. */
7523 if (!iter)
7524 return 0;
7525 }
7526
7527 return 1;
7528 }
7529
7530 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7531 catchpoints. */
7532
7533 static enum print_stop_action
7534 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs)
7535 {
7536 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7537 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7538 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
7539 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7540 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
7541 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
7542 ptid_t ptid;
7543 struct target_waitstatus last;
7544 struct syscall s;
7545 char *syscall_id;
7546
7547 get_last_target_status (&ptid, &last);
7548
7549 get_syscall_by_number (last.value.syscall_number, &s);
7550
7551 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7552
7553 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7554 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7555 else
7556 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7557 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7558 {
7559 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7560 async_reason_lookup (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7561 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
7562 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN));
7563 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7564 }
7565 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7566
7567 if (last.kind == TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY)
7568 ui_out_text (uiout, " (call to syscall ");
7569 else
7570 ui_out_text (uiout, " (returned from syscall ");
7571
7572 if (s.name == NULL || ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7573 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "syscall-number", last.value.syscall_number);
7574 if (s.name != NULL)
7575 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "syscall-name", s.name);
7576
7577 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7578
7579 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7580 }
7581
7582 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7583 catchpoints. */
7584
7585 static void
7586 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b,
7587 struct bp_location **last_loc)
7588 {
7589 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7590 struct value_print_options opts;
7591 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7592
7593 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7594 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7595 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7596 readable). */
7597 if (opts.addressprint)
7598 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7599 annotate_field (5);
7600
7601 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught
7602 && VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7603 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscalls \"");
7604 else
7605 ui_out_text (uiout, "syscall \"");
7606
7607 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7608 {
7609 int i, iter;
7610 char *text = xstrprintf ("%s", "");
7611
7612 for (i = 0;
7613 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7614 i++)
7615 {
7616 char *x = text;
7617 struct syscall s;
7618 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7619
7620 if (s.name != NULL)
7621 text = xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text, s.name);
7622 else
7623 text = xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text, iter);
7624
7625 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
7626 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
7627 on every call. */
7628 xfree (x);
7629 }
7630 /* Remove the last comma. */
7631 text[strlen (text) - 2] = '\0';
7632 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", text);
7633 }
7634 else
7635 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any syscall>");
7636 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7637 }
7638
7639 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7640 catchpoints. */
7641
7642 static void
7643 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b)
7644 {
7645 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7646
7647 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7648 {
7649 int i, iter;
7650
7651 if (VEC_length (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught) > 1)
7652 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b->number);
7653 else
7654 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b->number);
7655
7656 for (i = 0;
7657 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7658 i++)
7659 {
7660 struct syscall s;
7661 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7662
7663 if (s.name)
7664 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s.name, s.number);
7665 else
7666 printf_filtered (" %d", s.number);
7667 }
7668 printf_filtered (")");
7669 }
7670 else
7671 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
7672 b->number);
7673 }
7674
7675 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
7676 catchpoints. */
7677
7678 static void
7679 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7680 {
7681 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) b;
7682
7683 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch syscall");
7684
7685 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
7686 {
7687 int i, iter;
7688
7689 for (i = 0;
7690 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
7691 i++)
7692 {
7693 struct syscall s;
7694
7695 get_syscall_by_number (iter, &s);
7696 if (s.name)
7697 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", s.name);
7698 else
7699 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %d", s.number);
7700 }
7701 }
7702 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7703 }
7704
7705 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
7706
7707 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
7708
7709 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
7710
7711 static int
7712 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint *b)
7713 {
7714 return (b->ops == &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
7715 }
7716
7717 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
7718 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
7719 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
7720 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
7721
7722 static void
7723 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
7724 struct gdbarch *gdbarch, int tempflag,
7725 char *cond_string,
7726 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7727 {
7728 struct symtab_and_line sal;
7729
7730 init_sal (&sal);
7731 sal.pspace = current_program_space;
7732
7733 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_catchpoint, ops);
7734
7735 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ? NULL : xstrdup (cond_string);
7736 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
7737 }
7738
7739 void
7740 install_breakpoint (int internal, struct breakpoint *b, int update_gll)
7741 {
7742 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b);
7743 set_breakpoint_number (internal, b);
7744 if (!internal)
7745 mention (b);
7746 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
7747
7748 if (update_gll)
7749 update_global_location_list (1);
7750 }
7751
7752 static void
7753 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
7754 int tempflag, char *cond_string,
7755 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7756 {
7757 struct fork_catchpoint *c = XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint);
7758
7759 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string, ops);
7760
7761 c->forked_inferior_pid = null_ptid;
7762
7763 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7764 }
7765
7766 /* Exec catchpoints. */
7767
7768 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
7769 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7770 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7771 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7772 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7773
7774 struct exec_catchpoint
7775 {
7776 /* The base class. */
7777 struct breakpoint base;
7778
7779 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
7780 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
7781 triggered. */
7782 char *exec_pathname;
7783 };
7784
7785 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7786 catchpoints. */
7787
7788 static void
7789 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7790 {
7791 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7792
7793 xfree (c->exec_pathname);
7794
7795 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (b);
7796 }
7797
7798 static int
7799 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7800 {
7801 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7802 }
7803
7804 static int
7805 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location *bl)
7806 {
7807 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
7808 }
7809
7810 static int
7811 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location *bl,
7812 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
7813 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
7814 {
7815 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) bl->owner;
7816
7817 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD)
7818 return 0;
7819
7820 c->exec_pathname = xstrdup (ws->value.execd_pathname);
7821 return 1;
7822 }
7823
7824 static enum print_stop_action
7825 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs)
7826 {
7827 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7828 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
7829 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7830
7831 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
7832 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
7833 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7834 else
7835 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nCatchpoint ");
7836 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
7837 {
7838 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
7839 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC));
7840 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
7841 }
7842 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
7843 ui_out_text (uiout, " (exec'd ");
7844 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "new-exec", c->exec_pathname);
7845 ui_out_text (uiout, "), ");
7846
7847 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
7848 }
7849
7850 static void
7851 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct bp_location **last_loc)
7852 {
7853 struct exec_catchpoint *c = (struct exec_catchpoint *) b;
7854 struct value_print_options opts;
7855 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
7856
7857 get_user_print_options (&opts);
7858
7859 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
7860 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
7861 is relatively readable). */
7862 if (opts.addressprint)
7863 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
7864 annotate_field (5);
7865 ui_out_text (uiout, "exec");
7866 if (c->exec_pathname != NULL)
7867 {
7868 ui_out_text (uiout, ", program \"");
7869 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", c->exec_pathname);
7870 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
7871 }
7872 }
7873
7874 static void
7875 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b)
7876 {
7877 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b->number);
7878 }
7879
7880 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
7881 catchpoints. */
7882
7883 static void
7884 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
7885 {
7886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "catch exec");
7887 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
7888 }
7889
7890 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
7891
7892 static void
7893 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, VEC(int) *filter,
7894 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
7895 {
7896 struct syscall_catchpoint *c;
7897 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
7898
7899 c = XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint);
7900 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, NULL, ops);
7901 c->syscalls_to_be_caught = filter;
7902
7903 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
7904 }
7905
7906 static int
7907 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7908 {
7909 int i = 0;
7910 struct breakpoint *b;
7911 struct bp_location *bl;
7912
7913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7914 {
7915 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7916 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7917 {
7918 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7919 one register. */
7920 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7921 }
7922 }
7923
7924 return i;
7925 }
7926
7927 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
7928 watchpoint. */
7929
7930 static int
7931 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint *b)
7932 {
7933 int i = 0;
7934 struct bp_location *bl;
7935
7936 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7937 return 0;
7938
7939 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
7940 {
7941 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
7942 one register. */
7943 i += b->ops->resources_needed (bl);
7944 }
7945
7946 return i;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
7950 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
7951 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
7952 types _not_ TYPE. */
7953
7954 static int
7955 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint *except,
7956 enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
7957 {
7958 int i = 0;
7959 struct breakpoint *b;
7960
7961 *other_type_used = 0;
7962 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7963 {
7964 if (b == except)
7965 continue;
7966 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b))
7967 continue;
7968
7969 if (b->type == type)
7970 i += hw_watchpoint_use_count (b);
7971 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b))
7972 *other_type_used = 1;
7973 }
7974
7975 return i;
7976 }
7977
7978 void
7979 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
7980 {
7981 struct breakpoint *b;
7982
7983 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7984 {
7985 if (is_watchpoint (b) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7986 {
7987 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
7988 update_global_location_list (0);
7989 }
7990 }
7991 }
7992
7993 void
7994 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
7995 {
7996 struct breakpoint *b;
7997
7998 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7999 {
8000 if (is_watchpoint (b) && b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
8001 {
8002 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8003 update_global_location_list (1);
8004 }
8005 }
8006 }
8007
8008 void
8009 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8010 {
8011 current_program_space->executing_startup = 1;
8012 update_global_location_list (0);
8013 }
8014
8015 void
8016 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8017 {
8018 current_program_space->executing_startup = 0;
8019 breakpoint_re_set ();
8020 }
8021
8022
8023 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8024 at address specified by SAL.
8025 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8026
8027 struct breakpoint *
8028 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, struct symtab_and_line sal,
8029 struct frame_id frame_id, enum bptype type)
8030 {
8031 struct breakpoint *b;
8032
8033 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
8034 one. */
8035 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id));
8036
8037 b = set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, type, &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
8038 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8039 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8040 b->frame_id = frame_id;
8041
8042 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8043 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8044 control. */
8045 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
8046 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
8047
8048 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8049
8050 return b;
8051 }
8052
8053 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8054 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8055 breakpoint_ops. */
8056
8057 static struct breakpoint *
8058 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint *orig,
8059 enum bptype type,
8060 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops)
8061 {
8062 struct breakpoint *copy;
8063
8064 copy = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig->gdbarch, type, ops);
8065 copy->loc = allocate_bp_location (copy);
8066 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy->loc, 1);
8067
8068 copy->loc->gdbarch = orig->loc->gdbarch;
8069 copy->loc->requested_address = orig->loc->requested_address;
8070 copy->loc->address = orig->loc->address;
8071 copy->loc->section = orig->loc->section;
8072 copy->loc->pspace = orig->loc->pspace;
8073
8074 if (orig->loc->source_file != NULL)
8075 copy->loc->source_file = xstrdup (orig->loc->source_file);
8076
8077 copy->loc->line_number = orig->loc->line_number;
8078 copy->frame_id = orig->frame_id;
8079 copy->thread = orig->thread;
8080 copy->pspace = orig->pspace;
8081
8082 copy->enable_state = bp_enabled;
8083 copy->disposition = disp_donttouch;
8084 copy->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
8085
8086 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8087 return copy;
8088 }
8089
8090 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8091 ORIG is NULL. */
8092
8093 struct breakpoint *
8094 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *orig)
8095 {
8096 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8097 if (orig == NULL)
8098 return NULL;
8099
8100 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig, orig->type, orig->ops);
8101 }
8102
8103 struct breakpoint *
8104 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, CORE_ADDR pc,
8105 enum bptype type)
8106 {
8107 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8108
8109 sal = find_pc_line (pc, 0);
8110 sal.pc = pc;
8111 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (pc);
8112 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8113
8114 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch, sal, null_frame_id, type);
8115 }
8116 \f
8117
8118 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8119
8120 static void
8121 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
8122 {
8123 b->ops->print_mention (b);
8124 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
8125 return;
8126 printf_filtered ("\n");
8127 }
8128 \f
8129
8130 static struct bp_location *
8131 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
8132 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8133 {
8134 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
8135 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
8136 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8137
8138 if (loc_gdbarch == NULL)
8139 loc_gdbarch = b->gdbarch;
8140
8141 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8142 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8143 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8144 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8145 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8146 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8147 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch,
8148 sal->pc, b->type);
8149
8150 loc = allocate_bp_location (b);
8151 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
8152 ;
8153 *tmp = loc;
8154
8155 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
8156 loc->address = adjusted_address;
8157 loc->pspace = sal->pspace;
8158 gdb_assert (loc->pspace != NULL);
8159 loc->section = sal->section;
8160 loc->gdbarch = loc_gdbarch;
8161
8162 if (sal->symtab != NULL)
8163 loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal->symtab->filename);
8164 loc->line_number = sal->line;
8165
8166 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc,
8167 sal->explicit_pc || sal->explicit_line);
8168 return loc;
8169 }
8170 \f
8171
8172 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8173 return 0 otherwise. */
8174
8175 static int
8176 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location *loc)
8177 {
8178 int len;
8179 CORE_ADDR addr;
8180 const gdb_byte *bpoint;
8181 gdb_byte *target_mem;
8182 struct cleanup *cleanup;
8183 int retval = 0;
8184
8185 gdb_assert (loc != NULL);
8186
8187 addr = loc->address;
8188 bpoint = gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc->gdbarch, &addr, &len);
8189
8190 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8191 if (bpoint == NULL)
8192 return 0;
8193
8194 target_mem = alloca (len);
8195
8196 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8197 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8198 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8199 cleanup = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8200
8201 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc->pspace);
8202 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8203
8204 if (target_read_memory (loc->address, target_mem, len) == 0
8205 && memcmp (target_mem, bpoint, len) == 0)
8206 retval = 1;
8207
8208 do_cleanups (cleanup);
8209
8210 return retval;
8211 }
8212
8213
8214
8215 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8216 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8217 as condition expression. */
8218
8219 static void
8220 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint *b, struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8221 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8222 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8223 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8224 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8225 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8226 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
8227 {
8228 int i;
8229
8230 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
8231 {
8232 int target_resources_ok;
8233
8234 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8235 target_resources_ok =
8236 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
8237 i + 1, 0);
8238 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
8239 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8240 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
8241 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8242 }
8243
8244 gdb_assert (sals.nelts > 0);
8245
8246 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
8247 {
8248 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
8249 struct bp_location *loc;
8250
8251 if (from_tty)
8252 {
8253 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
8254 if (!loc_gdbarch)
8255 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
8256
8257 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
8258 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
8259 }
8260
8261 if (i == 0)
8262 {
8263 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, type, ops);
8264 b->thread = thread;
8265 b->task = task;
8266
8267 b->cond_string = cond_string;
8268 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8269 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8270 b->disposition = disposition;
8271
8272 if (type == bp_static_tracepoint)
8273 {
8274 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
8275 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
8276
8277 if (strace_marker_p (b))
8278 {
8279 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8280 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8281 char *p = &addr_string[3];
8282 char *endp;
8283 char *marker_str;
8284
8285 p = skip_spaces (p);
8286
8287 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8288
8289 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8290 t->static_trace_marker_id = marker_str;
8291
8292 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8293 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8294 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8295 }
8296 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal.pc, &marker))
8297 {
8298 t->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
8299 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
8300
8301 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8302 "marker \"%s\"\n"),
8303 t->static_trace_marker_id);
8304 }
8305 else
8306 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8307 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8308 }
8309
8310 loc = b->loc;
8311 }
8312 else
8313 {
8314 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &sal);
8315 }
8316
8317 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc))
8318 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
8319
8320 if (b->cond_string)
8321 {
8322 char *arg = b->cond_string;
8323 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
8324 if (*arg)
8325 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
8326 }
8327 }
8328
8329 b->display_canonical = display_canonical;
8330 if (addr_string)
8331 b->addr_string = addr_string;
8332 else
8333 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
8334 me. */
8335 b->addr_string
8336 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address));
8337 b->filter = filter;
8338 }
8339
8340 static void
8341 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8342 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
8343 char *filter, char *cond_string,
8344 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8345 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8346 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8347 int enabled, int internal, int display_canonical)
8348 {
8349 struct breakpoint *b;
8350 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8351
8352 if (is_tracepoint_type (type))
8353 {
8354 struct tracepoint *t;
8355
8356 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8357 b = &t->base;
8358 }
8359 else
8360 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8361
8362 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, b);
8363
8364 init_breakpoint_sal (b, gdbarch,
8365 sals, addr_string,
8366 filter, cond_string,
8367 type, disposition,
8368 thread, task, ignore_count,
8369 ops, from_tty,
8370 enabled, internal, display_canonical);
8371 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
8372
8373 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8374 }
8375
8376 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8377 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8378 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8379 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8380 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8381 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8382 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8383 we take just a single condition string.
8384
8385 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8386 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8387 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8388 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8389 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8390
8391 static void
8392 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8393 struct linespec_result *canonical,
8394 char *cond_string,
8395 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
8396 int thread, int task, int ignore_count,
8397 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops, int from_tty,
8398 int enabled, int internal)
8399 {
8400 int i;
8401 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8402
8403 if (canonical->pre_expanded)
8404 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical->sals) == 1);
8405
8406 for (i = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, i, lsal); ++i)
8407 {
8408 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8409 'break', without arguments. */
8410 char *addr_string = (canonical->addr_string
8411 ? xstrdup (canonical->addr_string)
8412 : NULL);
8413 char *filter_string = lsal->canonical ? xstrdup (lsal->canonical) : NULL;
8414 struct cleanup *inner = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
8415
8416 make_cleanup (xfree, filter_string);
8417 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch, lsal->sals,
8418 addr_string,
8419 filter_string,
8420 cond_string, type, disposition,
8421 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8422 from_tty, enabled, internal,
8423 canonical->special_display);
8424 discard_cleanups (inner);
8425 }
8426 }
8427
8428 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8429 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8430 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
8431 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
8432
8433 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8434 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8435
8436 static void
8437 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
8438 struct linespec_result *canonical)
8439 {
8440 char *addr_start = *address;
8441
8442 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
8443 breakpoint. */
8444 if ((*address) == NULL
8445 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
8446 {
8447 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
8448 address. */
8449 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8450 {
8451 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8452 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8453
8454 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
8455 lsal.sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
8456 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
8457
8458 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8459 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. */
8460 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
8461 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
8462
8463 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8464 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8465 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8466 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8467 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8468 sal.explicit_pc = 1;
8469
8470 lsal.sals.sals[0] = sal;
8471 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8472 lsal.canonical = NULL;
8473
8474 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
8475 }
8476 else
8477 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8478 }
8479 else
8480 {
8481 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8482 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8483 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8484 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone. */
8485 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8486 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8487 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8488 get_last_displayed_line (),
8489 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8490 else
8491 decode_line_full (address, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
8492 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
8493 canonical, NULL, NULL);
8494 }
8495 }
8496
8497
8498 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8499 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8500
8501 static void
8502 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8503 {
8504 int i;
8505
8506 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8507 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
8508 }
8509
8510 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8511 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8512 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8513 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8514 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8515 it, etc. */
8516
8517 static void
8518 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8519 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
8520 {
8521 int i, rslt;
8522 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
8523 char *msg;
8524 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8525
8526 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
8527 {
8528 struct gdbarch *sarch;
8529
8530 sal = &sals->sals[i];
8531
8532 sarch = get_sal_arch (*sal);
8533 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8534 associated with SAL. */
8535 if (sarch == NULL)
8536 sarch = gdbarch;
8537 rslt = gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch, sal->pc,
8538 NULL, &msg);
8539 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, msg);
8540
8541 if (!rslt)
8542 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
8543 paddress (sarch, sal->pc), (msg ? msg : ""));
8544
8545 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8546 }
8547 }
8548
8549 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8550 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8551 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8552 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8553 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8554 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8555 static void
8556 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
8557 char **cond_string, int *thread, int *task)
8558 {
8559 *cond_string = NULL;
8560 *thread = -1;
8561 while (tok && *tok)
8562 {
8563 char *end_tok;
8564 int toklen;
8565 char *cond_start = NULL;
8566 char *cond_end = NULL;
8567
8568 tok = skip_spaces (tok);
8569
8570 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
8571
8572 toklen = end_tok - tok;
8573
8574 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
8575 {
8576 struct expression *expr;
8577
8578 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
8579 expr = parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
8580 xfree (expr);
8581 cond_end = tok;
8582 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
8583 cond_end - cond_start);
8584 }
8585 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
8586 {
8587 char *tmptok;
8588
8589 tok = end_tok + 1;
8590 tmptok = tok;
8591 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8592 if (tok == tmptok)
8593 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8594 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
8595 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
8596 }
8597 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "task", toklen) == 0)
8598 {
8599 char *tmptok;
8600
8601 tok = end_tok + 1;
8602 tmptok = tok;
8603 *task = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
8604 if (tok == tmptok)
8605 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8606 if (!valid_task_id (*task))
8607 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task);
8608 }
8609 else
8610 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8611 }
8612 }
8613
8614 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8615
8616 static struct symtabs_and_lines
8617 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p)
8618 {
8619 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers = NULL;
8620 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8621 struct symtab_and_line sal;
8622 struct symbol *sym;
8623 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8624 char *p = &(*arg_p)[3];
8625 char *endp;
8626 char *marker_str;
8627 int i;
8628
8629 p = skip_spaces (p);
8630
8631 endp = skip_to_space (p);
8632
8633 marker_str = savestring (p, endp - p);
8634 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, marker_str);
8635
8636 markers = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str);
8637 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
8638 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str);
8639
8640 sals.nelts = VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers);
8641 sals.sals = xmalloc (sizeof *sals.sals * sals.nelts);
8642
8643 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
8644 {
8645 struct static_tracepoint_marker *marker;
8646
8647 marker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, i);
8648
8649 init_sal (&sals.sals[i]);
8650
8651 sals.sals[i] = find_pc_line (marker->address, 0);
8652 sals.sals[i].pc = marker->address;
8653
8654 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker);
8655 }
8656
8657 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8658
8659 *arg_p = endp;
8660 return sals;
8661 }
8662
8663 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
8664 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
8665 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
8666 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
8667 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
8668 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
8669 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
8670 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
8671 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
8672 false otherwise. */
8673
8674 int
8675 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
8676 char *arg, char *cond_string, int thread,
8677 int parse_condition_and_thread,
8678 int tempflag, enum bptype type_wanted,
8679 int ignore_count,
8680 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support,
8681 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
8682 int from_tty, int enabled, int internal)
8683 {
8684 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
8685 char *copy_arg = NULL;
8686 char *addr_start = arg;
8687 struct linespec_result canonical;
8688 struct cleanup *old_chain;
8689 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain = NULL;
8690 int i;
8691 int pending = 0;
8692 int task = 0;
8693 int prev_bkpt_count = breakpoint_count;
8694
8695 gdb_assert (ops != NULL);
8696
8697 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
8698
8699 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
8700 {
8701 ops->create_sals_from_address (&arg, &canonical, type_wanted,
8702 addr_start, &copy_arg);
8703 }
8704
8705 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
8706 switch (e.reason)
8707 {
8708 case GDB_NO_ERROR:
8709 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical.sals))
8710 return 0;
8711 break;
8712 case RETURN_ERROR:
8713 switch (e.error)
8714 {
8715 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
8716
8717 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
8718 error. */
8719
8720 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
8721 throw_exception (e);
8722
8723 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
8724
8725 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
8726 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
8727 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
8728 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
8729 bptype_string (type_wanted)))
8730 return 0;
8731
8732 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
8733 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
8734 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
8735 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
8736 {
8737 struct linespec_sals lsal;
8738
8739 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
8740 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (copy_arg);
8741 lsal.sals.nelts = 1;
8742 lsal.sals.sals = XNEW (struct symtab_and_line);
8743 init_sal (&lsal.sals.sals[0]);
8744 pending = 1;
8745 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, &lsal);
8746 }
8747 break;
8748 default:
8749 throw_exception (e);
8750 }
8751 break;
8752 default:
8753 throw_exception (e);
8754 }
8755
8756 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
8757 old_chain = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
8758
8759 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
8760 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
8761 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
8762 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
8763 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
8764
8765 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
8766 are ok for the target. */
8767 if (!pending)
8768 {
8769 int ix;
8770 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8771
8772 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8773 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter->sals);
8774 }
8775
8776 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
8777 if (!pending && type_wanted == bp_fast_tracepoint)
8778 {
8779 int ix;
8780 struct linespec_sals *iter;
8781
8782 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, ix, iter); ++ix)
8783 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch, &iter->sals);
8784 }
8785
8786 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
8787 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
8788 breakpoint. */
8789 if (!pending)
8790 {
8791 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
8792
8793 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
8794
8795 if (parse_condition_and_thread)
8796 {
8797 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
8798 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
8799 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
8800 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
8801 cond_string = NULL;
8802 thread = -1;
8803 find_condition_and_thread (arg, lsal->sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string,
8804 &thread, &task);
8805 if (cond_string)
8806 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8807 }
8808 else
8809 {
8810 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
8811 if (cond_string)
8812 {
8813 cond_string = xstrdup (cond_string);
8814 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
8815 }
8816 }
8817
8818 ops->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, &canonical, lsal,
8819 cond_string, type_wanted,
8820 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
8821 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
8822 from_tty, enabled, internal);
8823 }
8824 else
8825 {
8826 struct breakpoint *b;
8827
8828 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
8829
8830 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted))
8831 {
8832 struct tracepoint *t;
8833
8834 t = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
8835 b = &t->base;
8836 }
8837 else
8838 b = XNEW (struct breakpoint);
8839
8840 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, gdbarch, type_wanted, ops);
8841
8842 b->addr_string = copy_arg;
8843 b->cond_string = NULL;
8844 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
8845 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
8846 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
8847 b->enable_state = enabled ? bp_enabled : bp_disabled;
8848 if ((type_wanted != bp_breakpoint
8849 && type_wanted != bp_hardware_breakpoint) || thread != -1)
8850 b->pspace = current_program_space;
8851
8852 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 0);
8853 }
8854
8855 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 1)
8856 {
8857 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
8858 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
8859 prev_breakpoint_count = prev_bkpt_count;
8860 }
8861
8862 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
8863 breakpoint. */
8864 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
8865 /* But cleanup everything else. */
8866 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8867
8868 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
8869 update_global_location_list (1);
8870
8871 return 1;
8872 }
8873
8874 /* Set a breakpoint.
8875 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
8876 condition, and thread.
8877 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
8878 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
8879 and BP_TEMPFLAG. */
8880
8881 static void
8882 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty)
8883 {
8884 int tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
8885 enum bptype type_wanted = (flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG
8886 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
8887 : bp_breakpoint);
8888
8889 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
8890 arg,
8891 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
8892 tempflag, type_wanted,
8893 0 /* Ignore count */,
8894 pending_break_support,
8895 &bkpt_breakpoint_ops,
8896 from_tty,
8897 1 /* enabled */,
8898 0 /* internal */);
8899 }
8900
8901 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
8902
8903 void
8904 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
8905 {
8906 CORE_ADDR pc;
8907
8908 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8909 {
8910 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
8911 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
8912 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
8913 sal->pc = pc;
8914
8915 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
8916 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
8917 if (sal->explicit_line)
8918 skip_prologue_sal (sal);
8919 }
8920
8921 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
8922 {
8923 struct blockvector *bv;
8924 struct block *b;
8925 struct symbol *sym;
8926
8927 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &b, sal->symtab);
8928 if (bv != NULL)
8929 {
8930 sym = block_linkage_function (b);
8931 if (sym != NULL)
8932 {
8933 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
8934 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym);
8935 }
8936 else
8937 {
8938 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
8939 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
8940 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
8941 happen in assembly source). */
8942
8943 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
8944 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
8945
8946 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal->pspace);
8947
8948 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
8949 if (msym)
8950 sal->section = SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym);
8951
8952 do_cleanups (old_chain);
8953 }
8954 }
8955 }
8956 }
8957
8958 void
8959 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8960 {
8961 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
8962 }
8963
8964 void
8965 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8966 {
8967 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty);
8968 }
8969
8970 static void
8971 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8972 {
8973 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty);
8974 }
8975
8976 static void
8977 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8978 {
8979 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty);
8980 }
8981
8982 static void
8983 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8984 {
8985 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
8986 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
8987 stop at <line>\n"));
8988 }
8989
8990 static void
8991 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
8992 {
8993 int badInput = 0;
8994
8995 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
8996 badInput = 1;
8997 else if (*arg != '*')
8998 {
8999 char *argptr = arg;
9000 int hasColon = 0;
9001
9002 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9003 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9004 function/method name. */
9005 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9006 {
9007 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9008 argptr++;
9009 }
9010
9011 if (hasColon)
9012 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9013 else
9014 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
9015 }
9016
9017 if (badInput)
9018 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9019 else
9020 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9021 }
9022
9023 static void
9024 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9025 {
9026 int badInput = 0;
9027
9028 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
9029 badInput = 1;
9030 else
9031 {
9032 char *argptr = arg;
9033 int hasColon = 0;
9034
9035 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9036 it is probably a line number. */
9037 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
9038 {
9039 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
9040 argptr++;
9041 }
9042
9043 if (hasColon)
9044 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
9045 else
9046 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
9047 }
9048
9049 if (badInput)
9050 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9051 else
9052 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
9053 }
9054
9055 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9056 ranged breakpoints. */
9057
9058 static int
9059 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9060 struct address_space *aspace,
9061 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9062 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9063 {
9064 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9065 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
9066 return 0;
9067
9068 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
9069 bl->length, aspace, bp_addr);
9070 }
9071
9072 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9073 ranged breakpoints. */
9074
9075 static int
9076 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9077 {
9078 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9079 }
9080
9081 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9082 ranged breakpoints. */
9083
9084 static enum print_stop_action
9085 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs)
9086 {
9087 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9088 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9089 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9090
9091 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9092
9093 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9094 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9095
9096 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
9097 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
9098 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9099 else
9100 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9101 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9102 {
9103 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
9104 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
9105 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
9106 }
9107 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
9108 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
9109
9110 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
9111 }
9112
9113 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9114 ranged breakpoints. */
9115
9116 static void
9117 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
9118 struct bp_location **last_loc)
9119 {
9120 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9121 struct value_print_options opts;
9122 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9123
9124 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9125 gdb_assert (bl && bl->next == NULL);
9126
9127 get_user_print_options (&opts);
9128
9129 if (opts.addressprint)
9130 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9131 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9132 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
9133 annotate_field (5);
9134 print_breakpoint_location (b, bl);
9135 *last_loc = bl;
9136 }
9137
9138 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9139 ranged breakpoints. */
9140
9141 static void
9142 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9143 struct ui_out *uiout)
9144 {
9145 CORE_ADDR address_start, address_end;
9146 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9147 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
9148 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
9149
9150 gdb_assert (bl);
9151
9152 address_start = bl->address;
9153 address_end = address_start + bl->length - 1;
9154
9155 ui_out_text (uiout, "\taddress range: ");
9156 fprintf_unfiltered (stb->stream, "[%s, %s]",
9157 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_start),
9158 print_core_address (bl->gdbarch, address_end));
9159 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "addr", stb);
9160 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9161
9162 do_cleanups (cleanup);
9163 }
9164
9165 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9166 ranged breakpoints. */
9167
9168 static void
9169 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9170 {
9171 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
9172 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9173
9174 gdb_assert (bl);
9175 gdb_assert (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
9176
9177 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9178 return;
9179
9180 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9181 b->number, paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address),
9182 paddress (bl->gdbarch, bl->address + bl->length - 1));
9183 }
9184
9185 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9186 ranged breakpoints. */
9187
9188 static void
9189 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9190 {
9191 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break-range %s, %s", b->addr_string,
9192 b->addr_string_range_end);
9193 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9194 }
9195
9196 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9197
9198 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops;
9199
9200 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9201 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9202 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9203 last instruction of the given line. */
9204
9205 static CORE_ADDR
9206 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal)
9207 {
9208 CORE_ADDR end;
9209
9210 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9211 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9212 if (sal.explicit_pc)
9213 end = sal.pc;
9214 else
9215 {
9216 int ret;
9217 CORE_ADDR start;
9218
9219 ret = find_line_pc_range (sal, &start, &end);
9220 if (!ret)
9221 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9222
9223 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9224 end--;
9225 }
9226
9227 return end;
9228 }
9229
9230 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9231
9232 static void
9233 break_range_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
9234 {
9235 char *arg_start, *addr_string_start, *addr_string_end;
9236 struct linespec_result canonical_start, canonical_end;
9237 int bp_count, can_use_bp, length;
9238 CORE_ADDR end;
9239 struct breakpoint *b;
9240 struct symtab_and_line sal_start, sal_end;
9241 struct cleanup *cleanup_bkpt;
9242 struct linespec_sals *lsal_start, *lsal_end;
9243
9244 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9245 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9246 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9247
9248 bp_count = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9249 bp_count += target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9250 can_use_bp = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
9251 bp_count, 0);
9252 if (can_use_bp < 0)
9253 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9254
9255 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9256 if (arg == NULL || arg[0] == '\0')
9257 error(_("No address range specified."));
9258
9259 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9260
9261 arg_start = arg;
9262 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg, &canonical_start);
9263
9264 cleanup_bkpt = make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start);
9265
9266 if (arg[0] != ',')
9267 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9268 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals))
9269 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9270
9271 lsal_start = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals, 0);
9272
9273 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_start.sals) > 1
9274 || lsal_start->sals.nelts != 1)
9275 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9276
9277 sal_start = lsal_start->sals.sals[0];
9278 addr_string_start = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9279 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_start);
9280
9281 arg++; /* Skip the comma. */
9282 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
9283
9284 /* Parse the end location. */
9285
9286 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9287 arg_start = arg;
9288
9289 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9290 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9291 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9292 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9293 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9294 decode_line_full (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
9295 sal_start.symtab, sal_start.line,
9296 &canonical_end, NULL, NULL);
9297
9298 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end);
9299
9300 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals))
9301 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9302
9303 lsal_end = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals, 0);
9304 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical_end.sals) > 1
9305 || lsal_end->sals.nelts != 1)
9306 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9307
9308 sal_end = lsal_end->sals.sals[0];
9309 addr_string_end = savestring (arg_start, arg - arg_start);
9310 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string_end);
9311
9312 end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end);
9313 if (sal_start.pc > end)
9314 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9315
9316 length = end - sal_start.pc + 1;
9317 if (length < 0)
9318 /* Length overflowed. */
9319 error (_("Address range too large."));
9320 else if (length == 1)
9321 {
9322 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9323 the `hbreak' command. */
9324 hbreak_command (addr_string_start, 1);
9325
9326 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9327
9328 return;
9329 }
9330
9331 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9332 b = set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start,
9333 bp_hardware_breakpoint, &ranged_breakpoint_ops);
9334 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
9335 b->number = breakpoint_count;
9336 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
9337 b->addr_string = xstrdup (addr_string_start);
9338 b->addr_string_range_end = xstrdup (addr_string_end);
9339 b->loc->length = length;
9340
9341 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt);
9342
9343 mention (b);
9344 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b);
9345 update_global_location_list (1);
9346 }
9347
9348 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9349 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9350 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9351 zero. */
9352
9353 static int
9354 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression *exp)
9355 {
9356 int i = exp->nelts;
9357
9358 while (i > 0)
9359 {
9360 int oplenp, argsp;
9361
9362 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9363 operator_length (exp, i, &oplenp, &argsp);
9364 i -= oplenp;
9365
9366 switch (exp->elts[i].opcode)
9367 {
9368 case BINOP_ADD:
9369 case BINOP_SUB:
9370 case BINOP_MUL:
9371 case BINOP_DIV:
9372 case BINOP_REM:
9373 case BINOP_MOD:
9374 case BINOP_LSH:
9375 case BINOP_RSH:
9376 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND:
9377 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR:
9378 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND:
9379 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR:
9380 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR:
9381 case BINOP_EQUAL:
9382 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL:
9383 case BINOP_LESS:
9384 case BINOP_GTR:
9385 case BINOP_LEQ:
9386 case BINOP_GEQ:
9387 case BINOP_REPEAT:
9388 case BINOP_COMMA:
9389 case BINOP_EXP:
9390 case BINOP_MIN:
9391 case BINOP_MAX:
9392 case BINOP_INTDIV:
9393 case BINOP_CONCAT:
9394 case BINOP_IN:
9395 case BINOP_RANGE:
9396 case TERNOP_COND:
9397 case TERNOP_SLICE:
9398 case TERNOP_SLICE_COUNT:
9399
9400 case OP_LONG:
9401 case OP_DOUBLE:
9402 case OP_DECFLOAT:
9403 case OP_LAST:
9404 case OP_COMPLEX:
9405 case OP_STRING:
9406 case OP_BITSTRING:
9407 case OP_ARRAY:
9408 case OP_TYPE:
9409 case OP_NAME:
9410 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING:
9411
9412 case UNOP_NEG:
9413 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT:
9414 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT:
9415 case UNOP_ADDR:
9416 case UNOP_HIGH:
9417 case UNOP_CAST:
9418 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9419 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9420 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9421 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9422
9423 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9424 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9425 ADDR is. */
9426 break;
9427
9428 case OP_VAR_VALUE:
9429 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9430
9431 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9432 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9433 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9434 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9435
9436 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9437 are always constant. */
9438 {
9439 struct symbol *s = exp->elts[i + 2].symbol;
9440
9441 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_BLOCK
9442 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST
9443 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s) != LOC_CONST_BYTES)
9444 return 0;
9445 break;
9446 }
9447
9448 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9449 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9450 then it is not a constant. */
9451 default:
9452 return 0;
9453 }
9454 }
9455
9456 return 1;
9457 }
9458
9459 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9460
9461 static void
9462 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *self)
9463 {
9464 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) self;
9465
9466 xfree (w->cond_exp);
9467 xfree (w->exp);
9468 xfree (w->exp_string);
9469 xfree (w->exp_string_reparse);
9470 value_free (w->val);
9471
9472 base_breakpoint_ops.dtor (self);
9473 }
9474
9475 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9476
9477 static void
9478 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9479 {
9480 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9481
9482 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9483 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9484
9485 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9486 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9487 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9488 are loaded and unloaded.
9489
9490 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9491 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9492 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9493 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9494 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9495 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9496
9497 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9498 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9499 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9500 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9501
9502 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9503 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9504
9505 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9506 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9507 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
9508 }
9509
9510 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9511
9512 static int
9513 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9514 {
9515 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9516 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9517
9518 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9519 w->cond_exp);
9520 }
9521
9522 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9523
9524 static int
9525 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9526 {
9527 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9528 int length = w->exact ? 1 : bl->length;
9529
9530 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl->address, length, bl->watchpoint_type,
9531 w->cond_exp);
9532 }
9533
9534 static int
9535 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl,
9536 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
9537 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
9538 {
9539 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
9540 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9541
9542 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9543 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9544 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9545 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9546 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9547 (did not match the data address). */
9548 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b)
9549 && w->watchpoint_triggered == watch_triggered_no)
9550 return 0;
9551
9552 return 1;
9553 }
9554
9555 static void
9556 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9557 {
9558 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs->breakpoint_at));
9559
9560 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs);
9561 }
9562
9563 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9564 hardware watchpoints. */
9565
9566 static int
9567 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9568 {
9569 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9570 int length = w->exact? 1 : bl->length;
9571
9572 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl->address, length);
9573 }
9574
9575 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9576 hardware watchpoints. */
9577
9578 static int
9579 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9580 {
9581 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9582 return b->type == bp_watchpoint || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint;
9583 }
9584
9585 static enum print_stop_action
9586 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9587 {
9588 struct cleanup *old_chain;
9589 struct breakpoint *b;
9590 const struct bp_location *bl;
9591 struct ui_stream *stb;
9592 enum print_stop_action result;
9593 struct watchpoint *w;
9594 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9595
9596 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
9597
9598 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
9599 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9600 w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9601
9602 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
9603 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
9604
9605 switch (b->type)
9606 {
9607 case bp_watchpoint:
9608 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9609 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9610 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9611 ui_out_field_string
9612 (uiout, "reason",
9613 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9614 mention (b);
9615 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9616 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9617 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9618 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9619 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9620 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9621 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9622 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9623 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9624 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9625 break;
9626
9627 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9628 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9629 ui_out_field_string
9630 (uiout, "reason",
9631 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9632 mention (b);
9633 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9634 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9635 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9636 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
9637 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9638 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9639 break;
9640
9641 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9642 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
9643 {
9644 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9645 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9646 ui_out_field_string
9647 (uiout, "reason",
9648 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9649 mention (b);
9650 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9651 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
9652 watchpoint_value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream);
9653 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
9654 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
9655 }
9656 else
9657 {
9658 mention (b);
9659 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9660 ui_out_field_string
9661 (uiout, "reason",
9662 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9663 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
9664 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
9665 }
9666 watchpoint_value_print (w->val, stb->stream);
9667 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
9668 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9669 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9670 break;
9671 default:
9672 result = PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9673 }
9674
9675 do_cleanups (old_chain);
9676 return result;
9677 }
9678
9679 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9680 watchpoints. */
9681
9682 static void
9683 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9684 {
9685 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9686 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9687 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9688
9689 switch (b->type)
9690 {
9691 case bp_watchpoint:
9692 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
9693 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9694 break;
9695 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9696 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
9697 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9698 break;
9699 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9700 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
9701 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9702 break;
9703 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9704 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9705 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9706 break;
9707 default:
9708 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9709 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9710 }
9711
9712 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9713 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9715 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9716 }
9717
9718 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9719 watchpoints. */
9720
9721 static void
9722 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9723 {
9724 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9725
9726 switch (b->type)
9727 {
9728 case bp_watchpoint:
9729 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9731 break;
9732 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9733 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9734 break;
9735 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9736 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9737 break;
9738 default:
9739 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9740 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9741 }
9742
9743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", w->exp_string);
9744 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9745 }
9746
9747 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9748
9749 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9750
9751 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9752 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9753
9754 static int
9755 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9756 {
9757 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9758
9759 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9760 bl->watchpoint_type);
9761 }
9762
9763 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9764 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9765
9766 static int
9767 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location *bl)
9768 {
9769 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9770
9771 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask,
9772 bl->watchpoint_type);
9773 }
9774
9775 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9776 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9777
9778 static int
9779 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location *bl)
9780 {
9781 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bl->owner;
9782
9783 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl->address, w->hw_wp_mask);
9784 }
9785
9786 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9787 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9788
9789 static int
9790 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9791 {
9792 return 0;
9793 }
9794
9795 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9796 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9797
9798 static enum print_stop_action
9799 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs)
9800 {
9801 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
9802 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9803
9804 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9805 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9806
9807 switch (b->type)
9808 {
9809 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9810 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
9811 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9812 ui_out_field_string
9813 (uiout, "reason",
9814 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9815 break;
9816
9817 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9818 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9819 ui_out_field_string
9820 (uiout, "reason",
9821 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9822 break;
9823
9824 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
9826 ui_out_field_string
9827 (uiout, "reason",
9828 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
9829 break;
9830 default:
9831 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9832 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9833 }
9834
9835 mention (b);
9836 ui_out_text (uiout, _("\n\
9837 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
9838 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
9839 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9840
9841 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9842 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
9843 }
9844
9845 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9846 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9847
9848 static void
9849 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b,
9850 struct ui_out *uiout)
9851 {
9852 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9853
9854 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
9855 gdb_assert (b->loc && b->loc->next == NULL);
9856
9857 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmask ");
9858 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "mask", b->loc->gdbarch, w->hw_wp_mask);
9859 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
9860 }
9861
9862 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9863 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9864
9865 static void
9866 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
9867 {
9868 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9869 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
9870 struct cleanup *ui_out_chain;
9871
9872 switch (b->type)
9873 {
9874 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9875 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
9876 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
9877 break;
9878 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9879 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
9880 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
9881 break;
9882 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9883 ui_out_text (uiout, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9884 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
9885 break;
9886 default:
9887 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9888 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9889 }
9890
9891 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
9892 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
9893 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "exp", w->exp_string);
9894 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
9895 }
9896
9897 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9898 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9899
9900 static void
9901 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
9902 {
9903 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) b;
9904 char tmp[40];
9905
9906 switch (b->type)
9907 {
9908 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
9909 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "watch");
9910 break;
9911 case bp_read_watchpoint:
9912 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "rwatch");
9913 break;
9914 case bp_access_watchpoint:
9915 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "awatch");
9916 break;
9917 default:
9918 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
9919 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9920 }
9921
9922 sprintf_vma (tmp, w->hw_wp_mask);
9923 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s mask 0x%s", w->exp_string, tmp);
9924 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
9925 }
9926
9927 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
9928
9929 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9930
9931 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
9932
9933 static int
9934 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
9935 {
9936 return b->ops == &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
9937 }
9938
9939 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
9940 hw_read: watch read,
9941 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
9942 static void
9943 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty,
9944 int just_location, int internal)
9945 {
9946 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
9947 struct breakpoint *b, *scope_breakpoint = NULL;
9948 struct expression *exp;
9949 struct block *exp_valid_block = NULL, *cond_exp_valid_block = NULL;
9950 struct value *val, *mark, *result;
9951 struct frame_info *frame;
9952 char *exp_start = NULL;
9953 char *exp_end = NULL;
9954 char *tok, *end_tok;
9955 int toklen = -1;
9956 char *cond_start = NULL;
9957 char *cond_end = NULL;
9958 enum bptype bp_type;
9959 int thread = -1;
9960 int pc = 0;
9961 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
9962 the hardware watchpoint. */
9963 int use_mask = 0;
9964 CORE_ADDR mask = 0;
9965 struct watchpoint *w;
9966
9967 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
9968 if (arg != NULL && arg[0] != '\0')
9969 {
9970 char *value_start;
9971
9972 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
9973 of the arguments string. */
9974 for (tok = arg + strlen (arg) - 1; tok > arg; tok--)
9975 {
9976 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
9977 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9978 tok--;
9979
9980 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
9981 This is the value of the parameter. */
9982 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9983 tok--;
9984 value_start = tok + 1;
9985
9986 /* Skip whitespace. */
9987 while (tok > arg && (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t'))
9988 tok--;
9989
9990 end_tok = tok;
9991
9992 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
9993 This is the parameter itself. */
9994 while (tok > arg && (*tok != ' ' && *tok != '\t'))
9995 tok--;
9996 tok++;
9997 toklen = end_tok - tok + 1;
9998
9999 if (toklen == 6 && !strncmp (tok, "thread", 6))
10000 {
10001 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10002 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10003 only in a specific thread. */
10004 char *endp;
10005
10006 if (thread != -1)
10007 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10008
10009 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10010 thread = strtol (value_start, &endp, 0);
10011
10012 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10013 thread ID. */
10014 if (*endp != ' ' && *endp != '\t' && *endp != '\0')
10015 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start);
10016
10017 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10018 if (!valid_thread_id (thread))
10019 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread);
10020 }
10021 else if (toklen == 4 && !strncmp (tok, "mask", 4))
10022 {
10023 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10024 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10025 facility. */
10026 struct value *mask_value, *mark;
10027
10028 if (use_mask)
10029 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10030
10031 use_mask = just_location = 1;
10032
10033 mark = value_mark ();
10034 mask_value = parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start);
10035 mask = value_as_address (mask_value);
10036 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10037 }
10038 else
10039 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10040 break;
10041
10042 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10043 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10044 *tok = '\0';
10045 }
10046 }
10047
10048 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10049 innermost_block = NULL;
10050 exp_start = arg;
10051 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
10052 exp_end = arg;
10053 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10054 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10055 prettier. */
10056 while (exp_end > exp_start && (exp_end[-1] == ' ' || exp_end[-1] == '\t'))
10057 --exp_end;
10058
10059 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10060 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp))
10061 {
10062 int len;
10063
10064 len = exp_end - exp_start;
10065 while (len > 0 && isspace (exp_start[len - 1]))
10066 len--;
10067 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len, exp_start);
10068 }
10069
10070 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10071 mark = value_mark ();
10072 fetch_subexp_value (exp, &pc, &val, &result, NULL);
10073
10074 if (just_location)
10075 {
10076 int ret;
10077
10078 exp_valid_block = NULL;
10079 val = value_addr (result);
10080 release_value (val);
10081 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10082
10083 if (use_mask)
10084 {
10085 ret = target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val),
10086 mask);
10087 if (ret == -1)
10088 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10089 else if (ret == -2)
10090 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10091 }
10092 }
10093 else if (val != NULL)
10094 release_value (val);
10095
10096 tok = skip_spaces (arg);
10097 end_tok = skip_to_space (tok);
10098
10099 toklen = end_tok - tok;
10100 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
10101 {
10102 struct expression *cond;
10103
10104 innermost_block = NULL;
10105 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
10106 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
10107
10108 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10109 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10110 cond_exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
10111
10112 xfree (cond);
10113 cond_end = tok;
10114 }
10115 if (*tok)
10116 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10117
10118 if (accessflag == hw_read)
10119 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
10120 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
10121 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
10122 else
10123 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
10124
10125 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
10126
10127 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10128 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10129 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10130 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10131 if (exp_valid_block && frame)
10132 {
10133 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame)))
10134 {
10135 scope_breakpoint
10136 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10137 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame),
10138 bp_watchpoint_scope,
10139 &momentary_breakpoint_ops);
10140
10141 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10142
10143 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10144 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
10145
10146 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10147 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10148
10149 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10150 scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch
10151 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame);
10152 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
10153 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10154 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
10155 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->gdbarch,
10156 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
10157 scope_breakpoint->type);
10158 }
10159 }
10160
10161 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10162
10163 w = XCNEW (struct watchpoint);
10164 b = &w->base;
10165 if (use_mask)
10166 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10167 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10168 else
10169 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b, NULL, bp_type,
10170 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops);
10171 b->thread = thread;
10172 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
10173 b->pspace = current_program_space;
10174 w->exp = exp;
10175 w->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
10176 w->cond_exp_valid_block = cond_exp_valid_block;
10177 if (just_location)
10178 {
10179 struct type *t = value_type (val);
10180 CORE_ADDR addr = value_as_address (val);
10181 char *name;
10182
10183 t = check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t)));
10184 name = type_to_string (t);
10185
10186 w->exp_string_reparse = xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name,
10187 core_addr_to_string (addr));
10188 xfree (name);
10189
10190 w->exp_string = xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10191 (int) (exp_end - exp_start), exp_start);
10192
10193 /* The above expression is in C. */
10194 b->language = language_c;
10195 }
10196 else
10197 w->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
10198
10199 if (use_mask)
10200 {
10201 w->hw_wp_mask = mask;
10202 }
10203 else
10204 {
10205 w->val = val;
10206 w->val_valid = 1;
10207 }
10208
10209 if (cond_start)
10210 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
10211 else
10212 b->cond_string = 0;
10213
10214 if (frame)
10215 {
10216 w->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
10217 w->watchpoint_thread = inferior_ptid;
10218 }
10219 else
10220 {
10221 w->watchpoint_frame = null_frame_id;
10222 w->watchpoint_thread = null_ptid;
10223 }
10224
10225 if (scope_breakpoint != NULL)
10226 {
10227 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10228 need to act on them together. */
10229 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
10230 scope_breakpoint->related_breakpoint = b;
10231 }
10232
10233 if (!just_location)
10234 value_free_to_mark (mark);
10235
10236 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
10237 {
10238 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10239 that should be inserted. */
10240 update_watchpoint (w, 1);
10241 }
10242 if (e.reason < 0)
10243 {
10244 delete_breakpoint (b);
10245 throw_exception (e);
10246 }
10247
10248 install_breakpoint (internal, b, 1);
10249 }
10250
10251 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10252 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10253
10254 static int
10255 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
10256 {
10257 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
10258 struct value *head = v;
10259
10260 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10261 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
10262 return 0;
10263
10264 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10265 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10266 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10267 hardware watchpoint.
10268
10269 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10270 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10271 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10272 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10273 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10274 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10275 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10276 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10277 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10278
10279 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10280 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10281 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10282 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10283 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
10284 {
10285 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
10286 {
10287 if (v != head && value_lazy (v))
10288 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10289 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10290 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10291 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10292 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10293 ;
10294 else
10295 {
10296 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10297 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10298 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
10299
10300 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10301 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10302 middle of some value chain. */
10303 if (v == head
10304 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10305 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
10306 {
10307 CORE_ADDR vaddr = value_address (v);
10308 int len;
10309 int num_regs;
10310
10311 len = (target_exact_watchpoints
10312 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype))?
10313 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
10314
10315 num_regs = target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr, len);
10316 if (!num_regs)
10317 return 0;
10318 else
10319 found_memory_cnt += num_regs;
10320 }
10321 }
10322 }
10323 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
10324 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
10325 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10326 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
10327 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10328 }
10329
10330 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10331 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10332 return found_memory_cnt;
10333 }
10334
10335 void
10336 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10337 {
10338 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty, 0, internal);
10339 }
10340
10341 /* A helper function that looks for an argument at the start of a
10342 string. The argument must also either be at the end of the string,
10343 or be followed by whitespace. Returns 1 if it finds the argument,
10344 0 otherwise. If the argument is found, it updates *STR. */
10345
10346 static int
10347 check_for_argument (char **str, char *arg, int arg_len)
10348 {
10349 if (strncmp (*str, arg, arg_len) == 0
10350 && ((*str)[arg_len] == '\0' || isspace ((*str)[arg_len])))
10351 {
10352 *str += arg_len;
10353 return 1;
10354 }
10355 return 0;
10356 }
10357
10358 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10359 calls watch_command_1. */
10360
10361 static void
10362 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
10363 {
10364 int just_location = 0;
10365
10366 if (arg
10367 && (check_for_argument (&arg, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10368 || check_for_argument (&arg, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10369 {
10370 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10371 just_location = 1;
10372 }
10373
10374 watch_command_1 (arg, accessflag, from_tty, just_location, 0);
10375 }
10376
10377 static void
10378 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10379 {
10380 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
10381 }
10382
10383 void
10384 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10385 {
10386 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty, 0, internal);
10387 }
10388
10389 static void
10390 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10391 {
10392 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
10393 }
10394
10395 void
10396 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty, int internal)
10397 {
10398 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty, 0, internal);
10399 }
10400
10401 static void
10402 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10403 {
10404 watch_maybe_just_location (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
10405 }
10406 \f
10407
10408 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
10409 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
10410
10411 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
10412 {
10413 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10414 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2;
10415 int thread_num;
10416 };
10417
10418 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
10419 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
10420 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
10421 command. */
10422 static void
10423 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg, int err)
10424 {
10425 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *a = arg;
10426
10427 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint);
10428 if (a->breakpoint2)
10429 delete_breakpoint (a->breakpoint2);
10430 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a->thread_num);
10431 }
10432
10433 void
10434 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
10435 {
10436 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10437 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10438 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
10439 struct gdbarch *frame_gdbarch = get_frame_arch (frame);
10440 struct frame_id stack_frame_id = get_stack_frame_id (frame);
10441 struct frame_id caller_frame_id = frame_unwind_caller_id (frame);
10442 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
10443 struct breakpoint *breakpoint2 = NULL;
10444 struct cleanup *old_chain;
10445 int thread;
10446 struct thread_info *tp;
10447
10448 clear_proceed_status ();
10449
10450 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10451 this function. */
10452
10453 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
10454 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10455 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10456 get_last_displayed_line ());
10457 else
10458 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
10459 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
10460
10461 if (sals.nelts != 1)
10462 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10463
10464 sal = sals.sals[0];
10465 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
10466
10467 if (*arg)
10468 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10469
10470 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
10471
10472 tp = inferior_thread ();
10473 thread = tp->num;
10474
10475 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10476
10477 /* Installing a breakpoint invalidates the frame chain (as it may
10478 need to switch threads), so do any frame handling first. */
10479
10480 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10481 one. */
10482
10483 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id))
10484 {
10485 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
10486
10487 sal2 = find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame), 0);
10488 sal2.pc = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame);
10489 breakpoint2 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame),
10490 sal2,
10491 caller_frame_id,
10492 bp_until);
10493 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2);
10494
10495 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp, caller_frame_id);
10496 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup, &thread);
10497 }
10498
10499 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10500 frame = NULL;
10501
10502 if (anywhere)
10503 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
10504 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
10505 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10506 null_frame_id, bp_until);
10507 else
10508 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
10509 only at the very same frame. */
10510 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch, sal,
10511 stack_frame_id, bp_until);
10512 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
10513
10514 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
10515
10516 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
10517 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
10518 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
10519 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
10520
10521 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid))
10522 {
10523 struct until_break_command_continuation_args *args;
10524 args = xmalloc (sizeof (*args));
10525
10526 args->breakpoint = breakpoint;
10527 args->breakpoint2 = breakpoint2;
10528 args->thread_num = thread;
10529
10530 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
10531 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
10532 until_break_command_continuation, args,
10533 xfree);
10534 }
10535 else
10536 do_cleanups (old_chain);
10537 }
10538
10539 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
10540 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
10541
10542 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
10543 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
10544 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
10545 if clause in the arg string. */
10546
10547 static char *
10548 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
10549 {
10550 char *cond_string;
10551
10552 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
10553 return NULL;
10554
10555 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
10556 (*arg) += 2;
10557
10558 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
10559 condition string. */
10560 *arg = skip_spaces (*arg);
10561 cond_string = *arg;
10562
10563 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
10564 string. */
10565 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
10566
10567 return cond_string;
10568 }
10569
10570 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
10571 process start/exit, etc. */
10572
10573 typedef enum
10574 {
10575 catch_fork_temporary, catch_vfork_temporary,
10576 catch_fork_permanent, catch_vfork_permanent
10577 }
10578 catch_fork_kind;
10579
10580 static void
10581 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10582 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10583 {
10584 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10585 char *cond_string = NULL;
10586 catch_fork_kind fork_kind;
10587 int tempflag;
10588
10589 fork_kind = (catch_fork_kind) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command);
10590 tempflag = (fork_kind == catch_fork_temporary
10591 || fork_kind == catch_vfork_temporary);
10592
10593 if (!arg)
10594 arg = "";
10595 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10596
10597 /* The allowed syntax is:
10598 catch [v]fork
10599 catch [v]fork if <cond>
10600
10601 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10602 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10603
10604 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10605 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10606
10607 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
10608 and enable reporting of such events. */
10609 switch (fork_kind)
10610 {
10611 case catch_fork_temporary:
10612 case catch_fork_permanent:
10613 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10614 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops);
10615 break;
10616 case catch_vfork_temporary:
10617 case catch_vfork_permanent:
10618 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10619 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops);
10620 break;
10621 default:
10622 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
10623 break;
10624 }
10625 }
10626
10627 static void
10628 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10629 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10630 {
10631 struct exec_catchpoint *c;
10632 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10633 int tempflag;
10634 char *cond_string = NULL;
10635
10636 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10637
10638 if (!arg)
10639 arg = "";
10640 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10641
10642 /* The allowed syntax is:
10643 catch exec
10644 catch exec if <cond>
10645
10646 First, check if there's an if clause. */
10647 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10648
10649 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10650 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10651
10652 c = XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint);
10653 init_catchpoint (&c->base, gdbarch, tempflag, cond_string,
10654 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops);
10655 c->exec_pathname = NULL;
10656
10657 install_breakpoint (0, &c->base, 1);
10658 }
10659
10660 static enum print_stop_action
10661 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs)
10662 {
10663 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10664 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
10665 int bp_temp, bp_throw;
10666
10667 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
10668
10669 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10670 if (b->loc->address != b->loc->requested_address)
10671 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b->loc->requested_address,
10672 b->loc->address,
10673 b->number, 1);
10674 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10675 ui_out_text (uiout,
10676 bp_temp ? "Temporary catchpoint "
10677 : "Catchpoint ");
10678 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10679 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10680 ui_out_text (uiout,
10681 bp_throw ? " (exception thrown), "
10682 : " (exception caught), ");
10683 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
10684 {
10685 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
10686 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
10687 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
10688 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10689 }
10690 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
10691 }
10692
10693 static void
10694 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10695 struct bp_location **last_loc)
10696 {
10697 struct value_print_options opts;
10698 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10699
10700 get_user_print_options (&opts);
10701 if (opts.addressprint)
10702 {
10703 annotate_field (4);
10704 if (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled)
10705 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
10706 else
10707 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr",
10708 b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address);
10709 }
10710 annotate_field (5);
10711 if (b->loc)
10712 *last_loc = b->loc;
10713 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
10714 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
10715 else
10716 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
10717 }
10718
10719 static void
10720 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
10721 {
10722 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
10723 int bp_temp;
10724 int bp_throw;
10725
10726 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10727 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10728 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_temp ? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
10729 : _("Catchpoint "));
10730 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
10731 ui_out_text (uiout, bp_throw ? _(" (throw)")
10732 : _(" (catch)"));
10733 }
10734
10735 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
10736 catch catchpoints. */
10737
10738 static void
10739 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10740 struct ui_file *fp)
10741 {
10742 int bp_temp;
10743 int bp_throw;
10744
10745 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
10746 bp_throw = strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL;
10747 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_temp ? "tcatch " : "catch ");
10748 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, bp_throw ? "throw" : "catch");
10749 print_recreate_thread (b, fp);
10750 }
10751
10752 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
10753
10754 static int
10755 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
10756 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
10757 {
10758 char *trigger_func_name;
10759
10760 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10761 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_begin_catch";
10762 else
10763 trigger_func_name = "__cxa_throw";
10764
10765 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10766 trigger_func_name, cond_string, -1,
10767 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
10768 tempflag, bp_breakpoint,
10769 0,
10770 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE /* pending */,
10771 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops, from_tty,
10772 1 /* enabled */,
10773 0 /* internal */);
10774
10775 return 1;
10776 }
10777
10778 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
10779
10780 static void
10781 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
10782 int tempflag, int from_tty)
10783 {
10784 char *cond_string = NULL;
10785
10786 if (!arg)
10787 arg = "";
10788 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10789
10790 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
10791
10792 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
10793 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10794
10795 if (ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW
10796 && ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
10797 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
10798
10799 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
10800 return;
10801
10802 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
10803 }
10804
10805 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
10806
10807 static void
10808 catch_catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10809 {
10810 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10811
10812 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10813 }
10814
10815 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
10816
10817 static void
10818 catch_throw_command (char *arg, int from_tty, struct cmd_list_element *command)
10819 {
10820 int tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10821
10822 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg, tempflag, from_tty);
10823 }
10824
10825 void
10826 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
10827 struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
10828 struct symtab_and_line sal,
10829 char *addr_string,
10830 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
10831 int tempflag,
10832 int from_tty)
10833 {
10834 if (from_tty)
10835 {
10836 struct gdbarch *loc_gdbarch = get_sal_arch (sal);
10837 if (!loc_gdbarch)
10838 loc_gdbarch = gdbarch;
10839
10840 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch,
10841 sal.pspace, sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
10842 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10843 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10844 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10845 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10846 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10847 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10848 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10849 enough for now, though. */
10850 }
10851
10852 init_raw_breakpoint (b, gdbarch, sal, bp_breakpoint, ops);
10853
10854 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
10855 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
10856 b->addr_string = addr_string;
10857 b->language = language_ada;
10858 }
10859
10860 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
10861 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
10862 static VEC(int) *
10863 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg)
10864 {
10865 VEC(int) *result = NULL;
10866 struct cleanup *cleanup = make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result);
10867
10868 while (*arg != '\0')
10869 {
10870 int i, syscall_number;
10871 char *endptr;
10872 char cur_name[128];
10873 struct syscall s;
10874
10875 /* Skip whitespace. */
10876 while (isspace (*arg))
10877 arg++;
10878
10879 for (i = 0; i < 127 && arg[i] && !isspace (arg[i]); ++i)
10880 cur_name[i] = arg[i];
10881 cur_name[i] = '\0';
10882 arg += i;
10883
10884 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
10885 syscall_number = (int) strtol (cur_name, &endptr, 0);
10886 if (*endptr == '\0')
10887 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number, &s);
10888 else
10889 {
10890 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
10891 to a number. */
10892 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name, &s);
10893
10894 if (s.number == UNKNOWN_SYSCALL)
10895 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
10896 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
10897 syscall number to be caught. */
10898 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name);
10899 }
10900
10901 /* Ok, it's valid. */
10902 VEC_safe_push (int, result, s.number);
10903 }
10904
10905 discard_cleanups (cleanup);
10906 return result;
10907 }
10908
10909 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
10910
10911 static void
10912 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg, int from_tty,
10913 struct cmd_list_element *command)
10914 {
10915 int tempflag;
10916 VEC(int) *filter;
10917 struct syscall s;
10918 struct gdbarch *gdbarch = get_current_arch ();
10919
10920 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
10921 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch) == 0)
10922 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
10923 this architecture yet."));
10924
10925 tempflag = get_cmd_context (command) == CATCH_TEMPORARY;
10926
10927 arg = skip_spaces (arg);
10928
10929 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
10930 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
10931 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
10932 for his/her architecture. */
10933 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s);
10934
10935 /* The allowed syntax is:
10936 catch syscall
10937 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
10938
10939 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
10940
10941 if (arg != NULL)
10942 filter = catch_syscall_split_args (arg);
10943 else
10944 filter = NULL;
10945
10946 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag, filter,
10947 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops);
10948 }
10949
10950 static void
10951 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10952 {
10953 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10954 }
10955 \f
10956
10957 static void
10958 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10959 {
10960 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
10961 }
10962
10963 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
10964
10965 static int
10966 compare_breakpoints (const void *a, const void *b)
10967 {
10968 const breakpoint_p *ba = a;
10969 uintptr_t ua = (uintptr_t) *ba;
10970 const breakpoint_p *bb = b;
10971 uintptr_t ub = (uintptr_t) *bb;
10972
10973 if ((*ba)->number < (*bb)->number)
10974 return -1;
10975 else if ((*ba)->number > (*bb)->number)
10976 return 1;
10977
10978 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10979 the number 0. */
10980 if (ua < ub)
10981 return -1;
10982 return ub > ub ? 1 : 0;
10983 }
10984
10985 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10986
10987 static void
10988 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
10989 {
10990 struct breakpoint *b, *prev;
10991 VEC(breakpoint_p) *found = 0;
10992 int ix;
10993 int default_match;
10994 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
10995 struct symtab_and_line sal;
10996 int i;
10997 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, NULL);
10998
10999 if (arg)
11000 {
11001 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11002 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE));
11003 default_match = 0;
11004 }
11005 else
11006 {
11007 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
11008 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
11009 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
11010 init_sal (&sal); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11011
11012 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11013 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11014 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11015 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal);
11016 if (sal.symtab == 0)
11017 error (_("No source file specified."));
11018
11019 sals.sals[0] = sal;
11020 sals.nelts = 1;
11021
11022 default_match = 1;
11023 }
11024
11025 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11026 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11027 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11028 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11029
11030 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11031 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11032 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11033 due to optimization, all in one block.
11034
11035 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11036 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11037 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11038 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11039 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11040 to support that. */
11041
11042 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11043 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11044 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11045 breakpoint. */
11046
11047 found = NULL;
11048 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p), &found);
11049 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
11050 {
11051 int is_abs, sal_name_len;
11052
11053 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11054 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11055 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11056 or at default pc.
11057
11058 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11059
11060 0 1 pc
11061 1 1 pc _and_ line
11062 0 0 line
11063 1 0 <can't happen> */
11064
11065 sal = sals.sals[i];
11066 is_abs = sal.symtab == NULL ? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename);
11067 sal_name_len = is_abs ? 0 : strlen (sal.symtab->filename);
11068
11069 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11070 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11071 {
11072 int match = 0;
11073 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11074 if (b->type != bp_none && !is_watchpoint (b))
11075 {
11076 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11077 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11078 {
11079 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11080 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11081 int pc_match = (!sal.explicit_line
11082 && sal.pc
11083 && (loc->pspace == sal.pspace)
11084 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
11085 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
11086 || loc->section == sal.section));
11087 int line_match = 0;
11088
11089 if ((default_match || sal.explicit_line)
11090 && loc->source_file != NULL
11091 && sal.symtab != NULL
11092 && sal.pspace == loc->pspace
11093 && loc->line_number == sal.line)
11094 {
11095 if (filename_cmp (loc->source_file,
11096 sal.symtab->filename) == 0)
11097 line_match = 1;
11098 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal.symtab->filename)
11099 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc->source_file,
11100 sal.symtab->filename,
11101 sal_name_len))
11102 line_match = 1;
11103 }
11104
11105 if (pc_match || line_match)
11106 {
11107 match = 1;
11108 break;
11109 }
11110 }
11111 }
11112
11113 if (match)
11114 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p, found, b);
11115 }
11116 }
11117
11118 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11119 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p, found))
11120 {
11121 if (arg)
11122 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
11123 else
11124 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11125 }
11126
11127 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11128 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p, found),
11129 VEC_length (breakpoint_p, found),
11130 sizeof (breakpoint_p),
11131 compare_breakpoints);
11132 prev = VEC_index (breakpoint_p, found, 0);
11133 for (ix = 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ++ix)
11134 {
11135 if (b == prev)
11136 {
11137 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p, found, ix);
11138 --ix;
11139 }
11140 }
11141
11142 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) > 1)
11143 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11144 if (from_tty)
11145 {
11146 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p, found) == 1)
11147 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11148 else
11149 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11150 }
11151 breakpoints_changed ();
11152
11153 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p, found, ix, b); ix++)
11154 {
11155 if (from_tty)
11156 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b->number);
11157 delete_breakpoint (b);
11158 }
11159 if (from_tty)
11160 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11161
11162 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11163 }
11164 \f
11165 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11166 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11167 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11168
11169 void
11170 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
11171 {
11172 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
11173
11174 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
11175 if (bs->breakpoint_at
11176 && bs->breakpoint_at->disposition == disp_del
11177 && bs->stop)
11178 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at);
11179
11180 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
11181 {
11182 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
11183 delete_breakpoint (b);
11184 }
11185 }
11186
11187 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11188 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11189 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
11190 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
11191 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
11192 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
11193
11194 static int
11195 bp_location_compare (const void *ap, const void *bp)
11196 {
11197 struct bp_location *a = *(void **) ap;
11198 struct bp_location *b = *(void **) bp;
11199 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
11200 int a_perm = a->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11201 int b_perm = b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent;
11202
11203 if (a->address != b->address)
11204 return (a->address > b->address) - (a->address < b->address);
11205
11206 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11207 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11208 grouped. */
11209
11210 if (a->pspace->num != b->pspace->num)
11211 return ((a->pspace->num > b->pspace->num)
11212 - (a->pspace->num < b->pspace->num));
11213
11214 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11215 if (a_perm != b_perm)
11216 return (a_perm < b_perm) - (a_perm > b_perm);
11217
11218 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11219 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11220 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11221
11222 if (a->owner->number != b->owner->number)
11223 return ((a->owner->number > b->owner->number)
11224 - (a->owner->number < b->owner->number));
11225
11226 return (a > b) - (a < b);
11227 }
11228
11229 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
11230 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11231 content of the bp_location array. */
11232
11233 static void
11234 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
11235 {
11236 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11237
11238 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = 0;
11239 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = 0;
11240
11241 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11242 {
11243 CORE_ADDR start, end, addr;
11244
11245 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl))
11246 continue;
11247
11248 start = bl->target_info.placed_address;
11249 end = start + bl->target_info.shadow_len;
11250
11251 gdb_assert (bl->address >= start);
11252 addr = bl->address - start;
11253 if (addr > bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
11254 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max = addr;
11255
11256 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11257
11258 gdb_assert (bl->address < end);
11259 addr = end - bl->address;
11260 if (addr > bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max)
11261 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max = addr;
11262 }
11263 }
11264
11265 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11266
11267 static void
11268 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11269 {
11270 struct bp_location *bl, **blp_tmp;
11271 struct cleanup *old_chain;
11272
11273 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11274 return;
11275
11276 old_chain = save_current_space_and_thread ();
11277
11278 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl, blp_tmp)
11279 {
11280 struct tracepoint *t;
11281
11282 if (!is_tracepoint (bl->owner))
11283 continue;
11284
11285 if ((bl->owner->type == bp_fast_tracepoint
11286 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11287 : !may_insert_tracepoints))
11288 continue;
11289
11290 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11291 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11292 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11293 if (!should_be_inserted (bl) || bl->inserted)
11294 continue;
11295
11296 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl->pspace);
11297
11298 target_download_tracepoint (bl);
11299
11300 bl->inserted = 1;
11301 t = (struct tracepoint *) bl->owner;
11302 t->number_on_target = bl->owner->number;
11303 }
11304
11305 do_cleanups (old_chain);
11306 }
11307
11308 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11309
11310 static void
11311 swap_insertion (struct bp_location *left, struct bp_location *right)
11312 {
11313 const int left_inserted = left->inserted;
11314 const int left_duplicate = left->duplicate;
11315 const int left_needs_update = left->needs_update;
11316 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info = left->target_info;
11317
11318 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11319 if (is_tracepoint (left->owner))
11320 gdb_assert (!left->duplicate);
11321 if (is_tracepoint (right->owner))
11322 gdb_assert (!right->duplicate);
11323
11324 left->inserted = right->inserted;
11325 left->duplicate = right->duplicate;
11326 left->needs_update = right->needs_update;
11327 left->target_info = right->target_info;
11328 right->inserted = left_inserted;
11329 right->duplicate = left_duplicate;
11330 right->needs_update = left_needs_update;
11331 right->target_info = left_target_info;
11332 }
11333
11334 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11335 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11336 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11337 the target. */
11338
11339 static void
11340 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location *bl)
11341 {
11342 struct bp_location **locp = NULL, **loc2p;
11343 struct bp_location *loc;
11344 CORE_ADDR address = 0;
11345 int pspace_num;
11346
11347 address = bl->address;
11348 pspace_num = bl->pspace->num;
11349
11350 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11351 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11352 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11353 side. */
11354 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11355 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11356 return;
11357
11358 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11359 the same program space as the location
11360 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11361 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11362 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p, locp, address)
11363 {
11364 loc = *loc2p;
11365
11366 if (!is_breakpoint (loc->owner)
11367 || pspace_num != loc->pspace->num)
11368 continue;
11369
11370 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11371 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11372 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11373 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11374 that have already been marked. */
11375 loc->condition_changed = condition_updated;
11376
11377 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11378 it later on. */
11379 if (loc->cond_bytecode)
11380 {
11381 free_agent_expr (loc->cond_bytecode);
11382 loc->cond_bytecode = NULL;
11383 }
11384 }
11385 }
11386
11387 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
11388 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
11389 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
11390 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
11391 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
11392 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
11393 returns true on them.
11394
11395 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
11396 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
11397 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
11398 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
11399 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
11400 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
11401
11402 static void
11403 update_global_location_list (int should_insert)
11404 {
11405 struct breakpoint *b;
11406 struct bp_location **locp, *loc;
11407 struct cleanup *cleanups;
11408 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11409 CORE_ADDR last_addr = 0;
11410 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11411 int last_pspace_num = -1;
11412
11413 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11414 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11415 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11416 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11417 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11418 once. */
11419 struct bp_location *bp_loc_first; /* breakpoint */
11420 struct bp_location *wp_loc_first; /* hardware watchpoint */
11421 struct bp_location *awp_loc_first; /* access watchpoint */
11422 struct bp_location *rwp_loc_first; /* read watchpoint */
11423
11424 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
11425 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11426 struct bp_location **old_location, **old_locp;
11427 unsigned old_location_count;
11428
11429 old_location = bp_location;
11430 old_location_count = bp_location_count;
11431 bp_location = NULL;
11432 bp_location_count = 0;
11433 cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, old_location);
11434
11435 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11436 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11437 bp_location_count++;
11438
11439 bp_location = xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location) * bp_location_count);
11440 locp = bp_location;
11441 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
11442 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
11443 *locp++ = loc;
11444 qsort (bp_location, bp_location_count, sizeof (*bp_location),
11445 bp_location_compare);
11446
11447 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
11448
11449 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11450 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11451 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11452 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11453 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11454 location.
11455
11456 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11457 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11458
11459 locp = bp_location;
11460 for (old_locp = old_location; old_locp < old_location + old_location_count;
11461 old_locp++)
11462 {
11463 struct bp_location *old_loc = *old_locp;
11464 struct bp_location **loc2p;
11465
11466 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11467 not, we have to free it. */
11468 int found_object = 0;
11469 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11470 int keep_in_target = 0;
11471 int removed = 0;
11472
11473 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11474 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11475 while (locp < bp_location + bp_location_count
11476 && (*locp)->address < old_loc->address)
11477 locp++;
11478
11479 for (loc2p = locp;
11480 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11481 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11482 loc2p++)
11483 {
11484 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11485 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11486 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11487 place there. */
11488 if ((*loc2p)->condition_changed == condition_modified
11489 && (last_addr != old_loc->address
11490 || last_pspace_num != old_loc->pspace->num))
11491 {
11492 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p);
11493 last_pspace_num = old_loc->pspace->num;
11494 }
11495
11496 if (*loc2p == old_loc)
11497 found_object = 1;
11498 }
11499
11500 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11501 have to go through updates again. */
11502 last_addr = old_loc->address;
11503
11504 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11505 if (!found_object)
11506 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc);
11507
11508 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11509 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11510 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11511 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11512 at certain location is not inserted. */
11513
11514 if (old_loc->inserted)
11515 {
11516 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11517 it. */
11518
11519 if (found_object && should_be_inserted (old_loc))
11520 {
11521 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11522 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11523 keep_in_target = 1;
11524 }
11525 else
11526 {
11527 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11528 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11529 remove its target-side condition. */
11530
11531 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11532 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11533 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11534 this one from the target. */
11535
11536 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11537 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner))
11538 {
11539 for (loc2p = locp;
11540 (loc2p < bp_location + bp_location_count
11541 && (*loc2p)->address == old_loc->address);
11542 loc2p++)
11543 {
11544 struct bp_location *loc2 = *loc2p;
11545
11546 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2, old_loc))
11547 {
11548 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11549 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11550 supported, but the latter are. */
11551 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11552 {
11553 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2->owner));
11554 loc2->watchpoint_type = old_loc->watchpoint_type;
11555 }
11556
11557 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11558 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11559 unduplicated. */
11560 if (loc2 != old_loc
11561 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2))
11562 {
11563 swap_insertion (old_loc, loc2);
11564 keep_in_target = 1;
11565 break;
11566 }
11567 }
11568 }
11569 }
11570 }
11571
11572 if (!keep_in_target)
11573 {
11574 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc, mark_uninserted))
11575 {
11576 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11577 this location on the global list, and try to
11578 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11579 reason why we will succeed next time.
11580
11581 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11582 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11583 only after calling us. */
11584 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11585 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11586 old_loc->owner->number);
11587 }
11588 removed = 1;
11589 }
11590 }
11591
11592 if (!found_object)
11593 {
11594 if (removed && non_stop
11595 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc->owner)
11596 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc->owner))
11597 {
11598 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11599 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11600 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11601 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11602 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11603 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11604 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11605 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11606 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11607 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11608 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11609 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11610 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11611 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11612 SIGTRAP.
11613
11614 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11615 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11616
11617 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11618 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11619 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11620 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11621 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11622 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11623 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11624 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11625 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11626 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11627 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11628 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11629 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11630 thread_count.
11631
11632 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11633 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11634 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11635 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11636
11637 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11638 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11639 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11640 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11641 traps we can no longer explain. */
11642
11643 old_loc->events_till_retirement = 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11644 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11645
11646 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, old_loc);
11647 }
11648 else
11649 {
11650 old_loc->owner = NULL;
11651 decref_bp_location (&old_loc);
11652 }
11653 }
11654 }
11655
11656 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11657 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11658 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11659 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11660 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11661 are sorted first for the same address.
11662
11663 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11664 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11665
11666 bp_loc_first = NULL;
11667 wp_loc_first = NULL;
11668 awp_loc_first = NULL;
11669 rwp_loc_first = NULL;
11670 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc, locp)
11671 {
11672 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11673 non-NULL. */
11674 struct bp_location **loc_first_p;
11675 b = loc->owner;
11676
11677 if (!should_be_inserted (loc)
11678 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b)
11679 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11680 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11681 `struct bp_location'. */
11682 || is_tracepoint (b))
11683 {
11684 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11685 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11686 continue;
11687 }
11688
11689 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
11690 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent && ! loc->inserted)
11691 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11692 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
11693 "actually inserted"));
11694
11695 if (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
11696 loc_first_p = &wp_loc_first;
11697 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
11698 loc_first_p = &rwp_loc_first;
11699 else if (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
11700 loc_first_p = &awp_loc_first;
11701 else
11702 loc_first_p = &bp_loc_first;
11703
11704 if (*loc_first_p == NULL
11705 || (overlay_debugging && loc->section != (*loc_first_p)->section)
11706 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc, *loc_first_p))
11707 {
11708 *loc_first_p = loc;
11709 loc->duplicate = 0;
11710
11711 if (is_breakpoint (loc->owner) && loc->condition_changed)
11712 {
11713 loc->needs_update = 1;
11714 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11715 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11716 }
11717 continue;
11718 }
11719
11720
11721 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11722 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11723 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11724 if (loc->inserted)
11725 swap_insertion (loc, *loc_first_p);
11726 loc->duplicate = 1;
11727
11728 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11729 loc->condition_changed = condition_unchanged;
11730
11731 if ((*loc_first_p)->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent && loc->inserted
11732 && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
11733 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
11734 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
11735 "a permanent breakpoint"));
11736 }
11737
11738 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
11739 && (have_live_inferiors ()
11740 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch))))
11741 {
11742 if (should_insert)
11743 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11744 else
11745 {
11746 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
11747 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
11748 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11749 "needs_update". */
11750 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11751 }
11752 }
11753
11754 if (should_insert)
11755 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11756
11757 do_cleanups (cleanups);
11758 }
11759
11760 void
11761 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11762 {
11763 struct bp_location *loc;
11764 int ix;
11765
11766 for (ix = 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix, loc); ++ix)
11767 if (--(loc->events_till_retirement) == 0)
11768 {
11769 decref_bp_location (&loc);
11770 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p, moribund_locations, ix);
11771 --ix;
11772 }
11773 }
11774
11775 static void
11776 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting)
11777 {
11778 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
11779
11780 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
11781 update_global_location_list (inserting);
11782 }
11783
11784 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11785
11786 static void
11787 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps, struct breakpoint *bpt)
11788 {
11789 bpstat bs;
11790
11791 for (bs = bps; bs; bs = bs->next)
11792 if (bs->breakpoint_at == bpt)
11793 {
11794 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
11795 bs->old_val = NULL;
11796 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11797 }
11798 }
11799
11800 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11801 static int
11802 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info *th, void *data)
11803 {
11804 struct breakpoint *bpt = data;
11805
11806 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th->control.stop_bpstat, bpt);
11807 return 0;
11808 }
11809
11810 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11811 callbacks. */
11812
11813 static void
11814 say_where (struct breakpoint *b)
11815 {
11816 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
11817 struct value_print_options opts;
11818
11819 get_user_print_options (&opts);
11820
11821 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11822 single string. */
11823 if (b->loc == NULL)
11824 {
11825 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
11826 }
11827 else
11828 {
11829 if (opts.addressprint || b->loc->source_file == NULL)
11830 {
11831 printf_filtered (" at ");
11832 fputs_filtered (paddress (b->loc->gdbarch, b->loc->address),
11833 gdb_stdout);
11834 }
11835 if (b->loc->source_file)
11836 {
11837 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11838 more nicely. */
11839 if (b->loc->next == NULL)
11840 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
11841 b->loc->source_file, b->loc->line_number);
11842 else
11843 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11844 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11845 real situation somewhat. */
11846 printf_filtered (": %s.", b->addr_string);
11847 }
11848
11849 if (b->loc->next)
11850 {
11851 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
11852 int n = 0;
11853 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
11854 ++n;
11855 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
11856 }
11857 }
11858 }
11859
11860 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
11861
11862 static void
11863 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location *self)
11864 {
11865 xfree (self->cond);
11866 if (self->cond_bytecode)
11867 free_agent_expr (self->cond_bytecode);
11868 xfree (self->function_name);
11869 xfree (self->source_file);
11870 }
11871
11872 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops =
11873 {
11874 bp_location_dtor
11875 };
11876
11877 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
11878 inherit from. */
11879
11880 static void
11881 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint *self)
11882 {
11883 decref_counted_command_line (&self->commands);
11884 xfree (self->cond_string);
11885 xfree (self->addr_string);
11886 xfree (self->filter);
11887 xfree (self->addr_string_range_end);
11888 }
11889
11890 static struct bp_location *
11891 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint *self)
11892 {
11893 struct bp_location *loc;
11894
11895 loc = XNEW (struct bp_location);
11896 init_bp_location (loc, &bp_location_ops, self);
11897 return loc;
11898 }
11899
11900 static void
11901 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
11902 {
11903 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11904 }
11905
11906 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11907 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11908
11909 static int
11910 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11911 {
11912 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11913 }
11914
11915 static int
11916 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
11917 {
11918 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11919 }
11920
11921 static int
11922 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
11923 struct address_space *aspace,
11924 CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
11925 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
11926 {
11927 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11928 }
11929
11930 static void
11931 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs)
11932 {
11933 /* Always stop. */
11934 }
11935
11936 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11937 errors. */
11938
11939 static int
11940 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint *b)
11941 {
11942 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11943 }
11944
11945 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11946 errors. */
11947
11948 static int
11949 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
11950 {
11951 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11952 }
11953
11954 static enum print_stop_action
11955 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs)
11956 {
11957 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11958 }
11959
11960 static void
11961 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
11962 struct ui_out *uiout)
11963 {
11964 /* nothing */
11965 }
11966
11967 static void
11968 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
11969 {
11970 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11971 }
11972
11973 static void
11974 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
11975 {
11976 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11977 }
11978
11979 static void
11980 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
11981 struct linespec_result *canonical,
11982 enum bptype type_wanted,
11983 char *addr_start,
11984 char **copy_arg)
11985 {
11986 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11987 }
11988
11989 static void
11990 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
11991 struct linespec_result *c,
11992 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
11993 char *cond_string,
11994 enum bptype type_wanted,
11995 enum bpdisp disposition,
11996 int thread,
11997 int task, int ignore_count,
11998 const struct breakpoint_ops *o,
11999 int from_tty, int enabled,
12000 int internal)
12001 {
12002 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12003 }
12004
12005 static void
12006 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12007 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12008 {
12009 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12010 }
12011
12012 static struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops =
12013 {
12014 base_breakpoint_dtor,
12015 base_breakpoint_allocate_location,
12016 base_breakpoint_re_set,
12017 base_breakpoint_insert_location,
12018 base_breakpoint_remove_location,
12019 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit,
12020 base_breakpoint_check_status,
12021 base_breakpoint_resources_needed,
12022 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode,
12023 base_breakpoint_print_it,
12024 NULL,
12025 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail,
12026 base_breakpoint_print_mention,
12027 base_breakpoint_print_recreate,
12028 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address,
12029 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal,
12030 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec,
12031 };
12032
12033 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12034
12035 static void
12036 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12037 {
12038 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12039 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
12040 {
12041 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12042 delete_breakpoint (b);
12043 return;
12044 }
12045
12046 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12047 }
12048
12049 static int
12050 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12051 {
12052 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12053 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12054 &bl->target_info);
12055 else
12056 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch,
12057 &bl->target_info);
12058 }
12059
12060 static int
12061 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location *bl)
12062 {
12063 if (bl->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
12064 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12065 else
12066 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl->gdbarch, &bl->target_info);
12067 }
12068
12069 static int
12070 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12071 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12072 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12073 {
12074 struct breakpoint *b = bl->owner;
12075
12076 if (ws->kind != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12077 || ws->value.sig != TARGET_SIGNAL_TRAP)
12078 return 0;
12079
12080 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl->pspace->aspace, bl->address,
12081 aspace, bp_addr))
12082 return 0;
12083
12084 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
12085 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
12086 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
12087 return 0;
12088
12089 return 1;
12090 }
12091
12092 static int
12093 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location *bl)
12094 {
12095 gdb_assert (bl->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint);
12096
12097 return 1;
12098 }
12099
12100 static enum print_stop_action
12101 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12102 {
12103 struct breakpoint *b;
12104 const struct bp_location *bl;
12105 int bp_temp;
12106 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12107
12108 gdb_assert (bs->bp_location_at != NULL);
12109
12110 bl = bs->bp_location_at;
12111 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12112
12113 bp_temp = b->disposition == disp_del;
12114 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
12115 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
12116 bl->address,
12117 b->number, 1);
12118 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
12119 if (bp_temp)
12120 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12121 else
12122 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
12123 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12124 {
12125 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
12126 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
12127 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisp_text (b->disposition));
12128 }
12129 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
12130 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
12131
12132 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
12133 }
12134
12135 static void
12136 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12137 {
12138 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12139 return;
12140
12141 switch (b->type)
12142 {
12143 case bp_breakpoint:
12144 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver:
12145 if (b->disposition == disp_del)
12146 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12147 else
12148 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12149 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12150 if (b->type == bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver)
12151 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12152 break;
12153 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
12154 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
12155 break;
12156 }
12157
12158 say_where (b);
12159 }
12160
12161 static void
12162 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *tp, struct ui_file *fp)
12163 {
12164 if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12165 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "tbreak");
12166 else if (tp->type == bp_breakpoint)
12167 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "break");
12168 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
12169 && tp->disposition == disp_del)
12170 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "thbreak");
12171 else if (tp->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
12172 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "hbreak");
12173 else
12174 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12175 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp->type);
12176
12177 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", tp->addr_string);
12178 print_recreate_thread (tp, fp);
12179 }
12180
12181 static void
12182 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12183 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12184 enum bptype type_wanted,
12185 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12186 {
12187 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12188 addr_start, copy_arg);
12189 }
12190
12191 static void
12192 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12193 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12194 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12195 char *cond_string,
12196 enum bptype type_wanted,
12197 enum bpdisp disposition,
12198 int thread,
12199 int task, int ignore_count,
12200 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12201 int from_tty, int enabled,
12202 int internal)
12203 {
12204 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12205 cond_string, type_wanted,
12206 disposition, thread, task,
12207 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12208 enabled, internal);
12209 }
12210
12211 static void
12212 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12213 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12214 {
12215 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12216 }
12217
12218 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12219
12220 static void
12221 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12222 {
12223 switch (b->type)
12224 {
12225 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12226 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12227 case bp_overlay_event:
12228 case bp_longjmp_master:
12229 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12230 case bp_exception_master:
12231 delete_breakpoint (b);
12232 break;
12233
12234 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12235 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12236 case bp_shlib_event:
12237
12238 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12239 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12240 case bp_thread_event:
12241 break;
12242 }
12243 }
12244
12245 static void
12246 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12247 {
12248 if (bs->breakpoint_at->type == bp_shlib_event)
12249 {
12250 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12251 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12252 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12253 objects (among other things). */
12254 bs->stop = stop_on_solib_events;
12255 bs->print = stop_on_solib_events;
12256 }
12257 else
12258 bs->stop = 0;
12259 }
12260
12261 static enum print_stop_action
12262 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12263 {
12264 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12265 struct breakpoint *b;
12266
12267 b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12268
12269 switch (b->type)
12270 {
12271 case bp_shlib_event:
12272 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12273 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12274 to shlib event" message.) */
12275 print_solib_event (0);
12276 break;
12277
12278 case bp_thread_event:
12279 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12280 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12281 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12282 break;
12283
12284 case bp_overlay_event:
12285 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12286 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12287 break;
12288
12289 case bp_longjmp_master:
12290 /* These should never be enabled. */
12291 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12292 break;
12293
12294 case bp_std_terminate_master:
12295 /* These should never be enabled. */
12296 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12297 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12298 break;
12299
12300 case bp_exception_master:
12301 /* These should never be enabled. */
12302 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12303 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12304 break;
12305 }
12306
12307 return PRINT_NOTHING;
12308 }
12309
12310 static void
12311 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12312 {
12313 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12314 }
12315
12316 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12317
12318 static void
12319 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12320 {
12321 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12322 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
12323 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12324 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12325 }
12326
12327 static void
12328 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs)
12329 {
12330 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12331 }
12332
12333 static enum print_stop_action
12334 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs)
12335 {
12336 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12337
12338 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12339 {
12340 struct breakpoint *b = bs->breakpoint_at;
12341
12342 switch (b->type)
12343 {
12344 case bp_finish:
12345 ui_out_field_string
12346 (uiout, "reason",
12347 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
12348 break;
12349
12350 case bp_until:
12351 ui_out_field_string
12352 (uiout, "reason",
12353 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
12354 break;
12355 }
12356 }
12357
12358 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
12359 }
12360
12361 static void
12362 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12363 {
12364 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12365 }
12366
12367 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12368
12369 static void
12370 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint *b)
12371 {
12372 breakpoint_re_set_default (b);
12373 }
12374
12375 static int
12376 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location *bl,
12377 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR bp_addr,
12378 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
12379 {
12380 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12381 tracepoints. */
12382 return 0;
12383 }
12384
12385 static void
12386 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint *self,
12387 struct ui_out *uiout)
12388 {
12389 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12390 if (tp->static_trace_marker_id)
12391 {
12392 gdb_assert (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint);
12393
12394 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tmarker id is ");
12395 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12396 tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12397 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12398 }
12399 }
12400
12401 static void
12402 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint *b)
12403 {
12404 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout))
12405 return;
12406
12407 switch (b->type)
12408 {
12409 case bp_tracepoint:
12410 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12411 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12412 break;
12413 case bp_fast_tracepoint:
12414 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12415 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12416 break;
12417 case bp_static_tracepoint:
12418 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12419 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b->number);
12420 break;
12421 default:
12422 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12423 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b->type);
12424 }
12425
12426 say_where (b);
12427 }
12428
12429 static void
12430 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint *self, struct ui_file *fp)
12431 {
12432 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) self;
12433
12434 if (self->type == bp_fast_tracepoint)
12435 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "ftrace");
12436 if (self->type == bp_static_tracepoint)
12437 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "strace");
12438 else if (self->type == bp_tracepoint)
12439 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "trace");
12440 else
12441 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
12442 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self->type);
12443
12444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " %s", self->addr_string);
12445 print_recreate_thread (self, fp);
12446
12447 if (tp->pass_count)
12448 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " passcount %d\n", tp->pass_count);
12449 }
12450
12451 static void
12452 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12453 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12454 enum bptype type_wanted,
12455 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12456 {
12457 create_sals_from_address_default (arg, canonical, type_wanted,
12458 addr_start, copy_arg);
12459 }
12460
12461 static void
12462 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12463 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12464 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12465 char *cond_string,
12466 enum bptype type_wanted,
12467 enum bpdisp disposition,
12468 int thread,
12469 int task, int ignore_count,
12470 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12471 int from_tty, int enabled,
12472 int internal)
12473 {
12474 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch, canonical, lsal,
12475 cond_string, type_wanted,
12476 disposition, thread, task,
12477 ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
12478 enabled, internal);
12479 }
12480
12481 static void
12482 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12483 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12484 {
12485 decode_linespec_default (b, s, sals);
12486 }
12487
12488 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
12489
12490 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12491 markers (`-m'). */
12492
12493 static void
12494 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg,
12495 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12496 enum bptype type_wanted,
12497 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
12498 {
12499 struct linespec_sals lsal;
12500
12501 lsal.sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg);
12502
12503 *copy_arg = savestring (addr_start, *arg - addr_start);
12504
12505 canonical->addr_string = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12506 lsal.canonical = xstrdup (*copy_arg);
12507 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals, canonical->sals, &lsal);
12508 }
12509
12510 static void
12511 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
12512 struct linespec_result *canonical,
12513 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
12514 char *cond_string,
12515 enum bptype type_wanted,
12516 enum bpdisp disposition,
12517 int thread,
12518 int task, int ignore_count,
12519 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
12520 int from_tty, int enabled,
12521 int internal)
12522 {
12523 int i;
12524
12525 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12526 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12527 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12528 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12529 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12530 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12531
12532 for (i = 0; i < lsal->sals.nelts; ++i)
12533 {
12534 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded;
12535 struct tracepoint *tp;
12536 struct cleanup *old_chain;
12537 char *addr_string;
12538
12539 expanded.nelts = 1;
12540 expanded.sals = &lsal->sals.sals[i];
12541
12542 addr_string = xstrdup (canonical->addr_string);
12543 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
12544
12545 tp = XCNEW (struct tracepoint);
12546 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp->base, gdbarch, expanded,
12547 addr_string, NULL,
12548 cond_string, type_wanted, disposition,
12549 thread, task, ignore_count, ops,
12550 from_tty, enabled, internal,
12551 canonical->special_display);
12552 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12553 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12554 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12555 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12556 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12557 corresponds to this one */
12558 tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx = i;
12559
12560 install_breakpoint (internal, &tp->base, 0);
12561
12562 discard_cleanups (old_chain);
12563 }
12564 }
12565
12566 static void
12567 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
12568 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
12569 {
12570 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12571
12572 *sals = decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s);
12573 if (sals->nelts > tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx)
12574 {
12575 sals->sals[0] = sals->sals[tp->static_trace_marker_id_idx];
12576 sals->nelts = 1;
12577 }
12578 else
12579 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12580 }
12581
12582 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
12583
12584 static int
12585 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint *b)
12586 {
12587 return b->ops == &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
12588 }
12589
12590 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12591 structures. */
12592
12593 void
12594 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
12595 {
12596 struct breakpoint *b;
12597
12598 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
12599
12600 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12601 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12602 especial culprits.
12603
12604 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12605 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12606 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12607 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12608 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12609 deleted.
12610
12611 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12612 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12613 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12614 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12615 was chosen. */
12616 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
12617 return;
12618
12619 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12620 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12621 if (bpt->related_breakpoint != bpt)
12622 {
12623 struct breakpoint *related;
12624 struct watchpoint *w;
12625
12626 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12627 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt->related_breakpoint;
12628 else if (bpt->related_breakpoint->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
12629 w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
12630 else
12631 w = NULL;
12632 if (w != NULL)
12633 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w);
12634
12635 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12636 for (related = bpt; related->related_breakpoint != bpt;
12637 related = related->related_breakpoint);
12638 related->related_breakpoint = bpt->related_breakpoint;
12639 bpt->related_breakpoint = bpt;
12640 }
12641
12642 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12643 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12644 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12645 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12646 if (bpt->number)
12647 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt);
12648
12649 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
12650 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
12651
12652 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12653 if (b->next == bpt)
12654 {
12655 b->next = bpt->next;
12656 break;
12657 }
12658
12659 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12660 been freed. */
12661 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12662 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12663 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12664 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12665 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12666 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12667 commands won't work. */
12668
12669 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback, bpt);
12670
12671 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12672 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12673 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12674 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12675 might be better design to have location completely
12676 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12677 update_global_location_list (0);
12678
12679 bpt->ops->dtor (bpt);
12680 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12681 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12682 bpt->type = bp_none;
12683 xfree (bpt);
12684 }
12685
12686 static void
12687 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
12688 {
12689 delete_breakpoint (b);
12690 }
12691
12692 struct cleanup *
12693 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
12694 {
12695 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
12696 }
12697
12698 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12699 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12700
12701 static void
12702 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint *b,
12703 void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
12704 void *),
12705 void *data)
12706 {
12707 struct breakpoint *related;
12708
12709 related = b;
12710 do
12711 {
12712 struct breakpoint *next;
12713
12714 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12715 next = related->related_breakpoint;
12716
12717 if (next == related)
12718 {
12719 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12720 function (related, data);
12721
12722 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12723 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12724 out. */
12725 break;
12726 }
12727 else
12728 function (related, data);
12729
12730 related = next;
12731 }
12732 while (related != b);
12733 }
12734
12735 static void
12736 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12737 {
12738 delete_breakpoint (b);
12739 }
12740
12741 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
12742 delete_breakpoint. */
12743
12744 static void
12745 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
12746 {
12747 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12748 }
12749
12750 void
12751 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
12752 {
12753 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
12754
12755 dont_repeat ();
12756
12757 if (arg == 0)
12758 {
12759 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
12760
12761 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12762 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12763 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
12765 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12766 {
12767 breaks_to_delete = 1;
12768 break;
12769 }
12770
12771 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12772 if (!from_tty
12773 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12774 {
12775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
12776 if (user_breakpoint_p (b))
12777 delete_breakpoint (b);
12778 }
12779 }
12780 else
12781 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
12782 }
12783
12784 static int
12785 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
12786 {
12787 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
12788 if (!loc->shlib_disabled
12789 && !loc->pspace->executing_startup)
12790 return 0;
12791 return 1;
12792 }
12793
12794 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12795 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12796 Null names are ignored. */
12797
12798 static int
12799 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location *loc)
12800 {
12801 struct bp_location *l;
12802 htab_t htab = htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string,
12803 (int (*) (const void *,
12804 const void *)) streq,
12805 NULL, xcalloc, xfree);
12806
12807 for (l = loc; l != NULL; l = l->next)
12808 {
12809 const char **slot;
12810 const char *name = l->function_name;
12811
12812 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12813 if (name == NULL)
12814 continue;
12815
12816 slot = (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab, (const void *) name,
12817 INSERT);
12818 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12819 returns NULL. */
12820 if (*slot != NULL)
12821 {
12822 htab_delete (htab);
12823 return 1;
12824 }
12825 *slot = name;
12826 }
12827
12828 htab_delete (htab);
12829 return 0;
12830 }
12831
12832 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12833 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12834 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12835 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12836 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12837 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12838 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12839 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12840 The heuristic is:
12841
12842 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12843 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12844 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12845 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12846 in the sources, and output a warning.
12847
12848 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12849 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12850 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12851 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12852 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12853 warning.
12854
12855 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12856 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12857 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12858 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12859 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12860 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12861 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12862 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12863 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12864
12865 static struct symtab_and_line
12866 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint *b, struct symtab_and_line sal)
12867 {
12868 struct tracepoint *tp = (struct tracepoint *) b;
12869 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker;
12870 CORE_ADDR pc;
12871 int i;
12872
12873 pc = sal.pc;
12874 if (sal.line)
12875 find_line_pc (sal.symtab, sal.line, &pc);
12876
12877 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc, &marker))
12878 {
12879 if (strcmp (tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id) != 0)
12880 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12881 b->number,
12882 tp->static_trace_marker_id, marker.str_id);
12883
12884 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12885 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (marker.str_id);
12886 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker);
12887
12888 return sal;
12889 }
12890
12891 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12892 by string ID. */
12893 if (!sal.explicit_pc
12894 && sal.line != 0
12895 && sal.symtab != NULL
12896 && tp->static_trace_marker_id != NULL)
12897 {
12898 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p) *markers;
12899
12900 markers
12901 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12902
12903 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers))
12904 {
12905 struct symtab_and_line sal2;
12906 struct symbol *sym;
12907 struct static_tracepoint_marker *tpmarker;
12908 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
12909
12910 tpmarker = VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p, markers, 0);
12911
12912 xfree (tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12913 tp->static_trace_marker_id = xstrdup (tpmarker->str_id);
12914
12915 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12916 "found at previous line number"),
12917 b->number, tp->static_trace_marker_id);
12918
12919 init_sal (&sal2);
12920
12921 sal2.pc = tpmarker->address;
12922
12923 sal2 = find_pc_line (tpmarker->address, 0);
12924 sym = find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker->address, NULL);
12925 ui_out_text (uiout, "Now in ");
12926 if (sym)
12927 {
12928 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
12929 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
12930 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
12931 }
12932 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", sal2.symtab->filename);
12933 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
12934
12935 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
12936 {
12937 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal2.symtab);
12938
12939 if (fullname)
12940 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
12941 }
12942
12943 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", sal2.line);
12944 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
12945
12946 b->loc->line_number = sal2.line;
12947
12948 xfree (b->loc->source_file);
12949 if (sym)
12950 b->loc->source_file = xstrdup (sal2.symtab->filename);
12951 else
12952 b->loc->source_file = NULL;
12953
12954 xfree (b->addr_string);
12955 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
12956 sal2.symtab->filename,
12957 b->loc->line_number);
12958
12959 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12960 so. */
12961
12962 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker);
12963 }
12964 }
12965 return sal;
12966 }
12967
12968 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12969 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12970
12971 static int
12972 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location *a, struct bp_location *b)
12973 {
12974 while (a && b)
12975 {
12976 if (a->address != b->address)
12977 return 0;
12978
12979 if (a->shlib_disabled != b->shlib_disabled)
12980 return 0;
12981
12982 if (a->enabled != b->enabled)
12983 return 0;
12984
12985 a = a->next;
12986 b = b->next;
12987 }
12988
12989 if ((a == NULL) != (b == NULL))
12990 return 0;
12991
12992 return 1;
12993 }
12994
12995 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
12996 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
12997 a ranged breakpoint. */
12998
12999 void
13000 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
13001 struct symtabs_and_lines sals,
13002 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end)
13003 {
13004 int i;
13005 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
13006
13007 if (sals_end.nelts != 0 && (sals.nelts != 1 || sals_end.nelts != 1))
13008 {
13009 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13010 location. */
13011 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13012 update_global_location_list (1);
13013 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13014 "multiple locations found\n"),
13015 b->number);
13016 return;
13017 }
13018
13019 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13020 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13021 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13022 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13023 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13024 individual locations. */
13025 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
13026 return;
13027
13028 b->loc = NULL;
13029
13030 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13031 {
13032 struct bp_location *new_loc;
13033
13034 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals.sals[i].pspace);
13035
13036 new_loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, &(sals.sals[i]));
13037
13038 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13039 old symtab. */
13040 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
13041 {
13042 char *s;
13043 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13044
13045 s = b->cond_string;
13046 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13047 {
13048 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
13049 0);
13050 }
13051 if (e.reason < 0)
13052 {
13053 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13054 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13055 b->number, e.message);
13056 new_loc->enabled = 0;
13057 }
13058 }
13059
13060 if (sals_end.nelts)
13061 {
13062 CORE_ADDR end = find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end.sals[0]);
13063
13064 new_loc->length = end - sals.sals[0].pc + 1;
13065 }
13066 }
13067
13068 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
13069 if (b->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13070 make_breakpoint_permanent (b);
13071
13072 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13073 breakpoints. */
13074 {
13075 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
13076 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13077 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13078 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13079 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13080 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13081 int have_ambiguous_names = ambiguous_names_p (b->loc);
13082
13083 for (; e; e = e->next)
13084 {
13085 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
13086 {
13087 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
13088 if (have_ambiguous_names)
13089 {
13090 for (; l; l = l->next)
13091 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e, l))
13092 {
13093 l->enabled = 0;
13094 break;
13095 }
13096 }
13097 else
13098 {
13099 for (; l; l = l->next)
13100 if (l->function_name
13101 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
13102 {
13103 l->enabled = 0;
13104 break;
13105 }
13106 }
13107 }
13108 }
13109 }
13110
13111 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations, b->loc))
13112 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13113
13114 update_global_location_list (1);
13115 }
13116
13117 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
13118 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13119
13120 static struct symtabs_and_lines
13121 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint *b, char *addr_string, int *found)
13122 {
13123 char *s;
13124 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {0};
13125 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13126
13127 gdb_assert (b->ops != NULL);
13128 s = addr_string;
13129
13130 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
13131 {
13132 b->ops->decode_linespec (b, &s, &sals);
13133 }
13134 if (e.reason < 0)
13135 {
13136 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
13137 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13138 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13139 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13140 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13141 state, then user already saw the message about that
13142 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13143 errors. */
13144 if (e.error == NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13145 && (b->condition_not_parsed
13146 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
13147 || (b->loc && b->loc->pspace->executing_startup)
13148 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
13149 not_found_and_ok = 1;
13150
13151 if (!not_found_and_ok)
13152 {
13153 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13154 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13155 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13156 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13157 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13158 which approach is better. */
13159 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13160 throw_exception (e);
13161 }
13162 }
13163
13164 if (e.reason == 0 || e.error != NOT_FOUND_ERROR)
13165 {
13166 int i;
13167
13168 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
13169 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[i]);
13170 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
13171 {
13172 char *cond_string = 0;
13173 int thread = -1;
13174 int task = 0;
13175
13176 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
13177 &cond_string, &thread, &task);
13178 if (cond_string)
13179 b->cond_string = cond_string;
13180 b->thread = thread;
13181 b->task = task;
13182 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
13183 }
13184
13185 if (b->type == bp_static_tracepoint && !strace_marker_p (b))
13186 sals.sals[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b, sals.sals[0]);
13187
13188 *found = 1;
13189 }
13190 else
13191 *found = 0;
13192
13193 return sals;
13194 }
13195
13196 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13197 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13198 locations. */
13199
13200 static void
13201 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint *b)
13202 {
13203 int found;
13204 struct symtabs_and_lines sals, sals_end;
13205 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded = {0};
13206 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end = {0};
13207
13208 sals = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string, &found);
13209 if (found)
13210 {
13211 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
13212 expanded = sals;
13213 }
13214
13215 if (b->addr_string_range_end)
13216 {
13217 sals_end = addr_string_to_sals (b, b->addr_string_range_end, &found);
13218 if (found)
13219 {
13220 make_cleanup (xfree, sals_end.sals);
13221 expanded_end = sals_end;
13222 }
13223 }
13224
13225 update_breakpoint_locations (b, expanded, expanded_end);
13226 }
13227
13228 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13229 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13230
13231 static void
13232 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg,
13233 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13234 enum bptype type_wanted,
13235 char *addr_start, char **copy_arg)
13236 {
13237 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg, canonical);
13238 }
13239
13240 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13241 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13242 breakpoint_ops. */
13243
13244 static void
13245 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13246 struct linespec_result *canonical,
13247 struct linespec_sals *lsal,
13248 char *cond_string,
13249 enum bptype type_wanted,
13250 enum bpdisp disposition,
13251 int thread,
13252 int task, int ignore_count,
13253 const struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
13254 int from_tty, int enabled,
13255 int internal)
13256 {
13257 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch, canonical, cond_string,
13258 type_wanted, disposition,
13259 thread, task, ignore_count, ops, from_tty,
13260 enabled, internal);
13261 }
13262
13263 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13264 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13265
13266 static void
13267 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint *b, char **s,
13268 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals)
13269 {
13270 struct linespec_result canonical;
13271
13272 init_linespec_result (&canonical);
13273 decode_line_full (s, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE,
13274 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
13275 &canonical, multiple_symbols_all,
13276 b->filter);
13277
13278 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13279 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) < 2);
13280
13281 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals, canonical.sals) > 0)
13282 {
13283 struct linespec_sals *lsal;
13284
13285 lsal = VEC_index (linespec_sals, canonical.sals, 0);
13286 *sals = lsal->sals;
13287 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
13288 contents. */
13289 lsal->sals.sals = NULL;
13290 }
13291
13292 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical);
13293 }
13294
13295 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
13296
13297 static struct cleanup *
13298 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint *b)
13299 {
13300 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13301
13302 input_radix = b->input_radix;
13303 cleanups = save_current_space_and_thread ();
13304 if (b->pspace != NULL)
13305 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b->pspace);
13306 set_language (b->language);
13307
13308 return cleanups;
13309 }
13310
13311 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
13312 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
13313 Unused in this case. */
13314
13315 static int
13316 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
13317 {
13318 /* Get past catch_errs. */
13319 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
13320 struct cleanup *cleanups;
13321
13322 cleanups = prepare_re_set_context (b);
13323 b->ops->re_set (b);
13324 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13325 return 0;
13326 }
13327
13328 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
13329 void
13330 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13331 {
13332 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
13333 enum language save_language;
13334 int save_input_radix;
13335 struct cleanup *old_chain;
13336
13337 save_language = current_language->la_language;
13338 save_input_radix = input_radix;
13339 old_chain = save_current_program_space ();
13340
13341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
13342 {
13343 /* Format possible error msg. */
13344 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13345 b->number);
13346 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
13347 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
13348 do_cleanups (cleanups);
13349 }
13350 set_language (save_language);
13351 input_radix = save_input_radix;
13352
13353 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13354
13355 do_cleanups (old_chain);
13356
13357 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13358 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13359 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13360 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13361
13362 /* While we're at it, reset the skip list too. */
13363 skip_re_set ();
13364 }
13365 \f
13366 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13367
13368 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13369 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13370 void
13371 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
13372 {
13373 if (b->thread != -1)
13374 {
13375 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
13376 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
13377
13378 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13379 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13380 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13381 as well. */
13382 b->loc->pspace = current_program_space;
13383 }
13384 }
13385
13386 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13387 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13388 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13389
13390 void
13391 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
13392 {
13393 struct breakpoint *b;
13394
13395 if (count < 0)
13396 count = 0;
13397
13398 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13399 if (b->number == bptnum)
13400 {
13401 if (is_tracepoint (b))
13402 {
13403 if (from_tty && count != 0)
13404 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13405 bptnum);
13406 return;
13407 }
13408
13409 b->ignore_count = count;
13410 if (from_tty)
13411 {
13412 if (count == 0)
13413 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13414 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13415 bptnum);
13416 else if (count == 1)
13417 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13418 bptnum);
13419 else
13420 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13421 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13422 count, bptnum);
13423 }
13424 breakpoints_changed ();
13425 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b);
13426 return;
13427 }
13428
13429 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
13430 }
13431
13432 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13433
13434 static void
13435 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13436 {
13437 char *p = args;
13438 int num;
13439
13440 if (p == 0)
13441 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13442
13443 num = get_number (&p);
13444 if (num == 0)
13445 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
13446 if (*p == 0)
13447 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13448
13449 set_ignore_count (num,
13450 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
13451 from_tty);
13452 if (from_tty)
13453 printf_filtered ("\n");
13454 }
13455 \f
13456 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
13457 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
13458
13459 static void
13460 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *,
13461 void *),
13462 void *data)
13463 {
13464 int num;
13465 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
13466 int match;
13467 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
13468
13469 if (args == 0)
13470 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13471
13472 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
13473
13474 while (!state.finished)
13475 {
13476 char *p = state.string;
13477
13478 match = 0;
13479
13480 num = get_number_or_range (&state);
13481 if (num == 0)
13482 {
13483 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
13484 }
13485 else
13486 {
13487 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
13488 if (b->number == num)
13489 {
13490 match = 1;
13491 function (b, data);
13492 break;
13493 }
13494 if (match == 0)
13495 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
13496 }
13497 }
13498 }
13499
13500 static struct bp_location *
13501 find_location_by_number (char *number)
13502 {
13503 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
13504 char *p1;
13505 int bp_num;
13506 int loc_num;
13507 struct breakpoint *b;
13508 struct bp_location *loc;
13509
13510 *dot = '\0';
13511
13512 p1 = number;
13513 bp_num = get_number (&p1);
13514 if (bp_num == 0)
13515 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13516
13517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
13518 if (b->number == bp_num)
13519 {
13520 break;
13521 }
13522
13523 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
13524 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
13525
13526 p1 = dot+1;
13527 loc_num = get_number (&p1);
13528 if (loc_num == 0)
13529 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
13530
13531 --loc_num;
13532 loc = b->loc;
13533 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
13534 ;
13535 if (!loc)
13536 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
13537
13538 return loc;
13539 }
13540
13541
13542 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13543 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13544 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13545
13546 void
13547 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13548 {
13549 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13550 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13551 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13552 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
13553 return;
13554
13555 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
13556 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
13557 return;
13558
13559 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
13560
13561 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13562 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13563
13564 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13565 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
13566 {
13567 struct bp_location *location;
13568
13569 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
13570 target_disable_tracepoint (location);
13571 }
13572
13573 update_global_location_list (0);
13574
13575 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13576 }
13577
13578 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
13579
13580 static void
13581 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13582 {
13583 disable_breakpoint (b);
13584 }
13585
13586 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13587 disable_breakpoint. */
13588
13589 static void
13590 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13591 {
13592 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
13593 }
13594
13595 static void
13596 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13597 {
13598 if (args == 0)
13599 {
13600 struct breakpoint *bpt;
13601
13602 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
13603 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
13604 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
13605 }
13606 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
13607 {
13608 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
13609 if (loc)
13610 {
13611 if (loc->enabled)
13612 {
13613 loc->enabled = 0;
13614 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
13615 }
13616 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13617 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
13618 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
13619 target_disable_tracepoint (loc);
13620 }
13621 update_global_location_list (0);
13622 }
13623 else
13624 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_disable_breakpoint, NULL);
13625 }
13626
13627 static void
13628 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition,
13629 int count)
13630 {
13631 int target_resources_ok;
13632
13633 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
13634 {
13635 int i;
13636 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13637 target_resources_ok =
13638 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
13639 i + 1, 0);
13640 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
13641 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13642 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
13643 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13644 }
13645
13646 if (is_watchpoint (bpt))
13647 {
13648 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13649 enum enable_state orig_enable_state = 0;
13650 volatile struct gdb_exception e;
13651
13652 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
13653 {
13654 struct watchpoint *w = (struct watchpoint *) bpt;
13655
13656 orig_enable_state = bpt->enable_state;
13657 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
13658 update_watchpoint (w, 1 /* reparse */);
13659 }
13660 if (e.reason < 0)
13661 {
13662 bpt->enable_state = orig_enable_state;
13663 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13664 bpt->number);
13665 return;
13666 }
13667 }
13668
13669 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
13670 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
13671
13672 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
13673
13674 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13675 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13676
13677 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13678 && current_trace_status ()->running && is_tracepoint (bpt))
13679 {
13680 struct bp_location *location;
13681
13682 for (location = bpt->loc; location; location = location->next)
13683 target_enable_tracepoint (location);
13684 }
13685
13686 bpt->disposition = disposition;
13687 bpt->enable_count = count;
13688 update_global_location_list (1);
13689 breakpoints_changed ();
13690
13691 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt);
13692 }
13693
13694
13695 void
13696 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
13697 {
13698 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, bpt->disposition, 0);
13699 }
13700
13701 static void
13702 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13703 {
13704 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
13705 }
13706
13707 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13708 enable_breakpoint. */
13709
13710 static void
13711 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, void *ignore)
13712 {
13713 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b, do_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
13714 }
13715
13716 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
13717 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
13718 in stopping the inferior. */
13719
13720 static void
13721 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13722 {
13723 if (args == 0)
13724 {
13725 struct breakpoint *bpt;
13726
13727 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
13728 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt))
13729 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
13730 }
13731 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
13732 {
13733 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
13734 if (loc)
13735 {
13736 if (!loc->enabled)
13737 {
13738 loc->enabled = 1;
13739 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc);
13740 }
13741 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13742 && current_trace_status ()->running && loc->owner
13743 && is_tracepoint (loc->owner))
13744 target_enable_tracepoint (loc);
13745 }
13746 update_global_location_list (1);
13747 }
13748 else
13749 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_breakpoint, NULL);
13750 }
13751
13752 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
13753 breakpoints. */
13754
13755 struct disp_data
13756 {
13757 enum bpdisp disp;
13758 int count;
13759 };
13760
13761 static void
13762 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *arg)
13763 {
13764 struct disp_data disp_data = *(struct disp_data *) arg;
13765
13766 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt, disp_data.disp, disp_data.count);
13767 }
13768
13769 static void
13770 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13771 {
13772 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, 1 };
13773
13774 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13775 }
13776
13777 static void
13778 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13779 {
13780 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint, NULL);
13781 }
13782
13783 static void
13784 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *countptr)
13785 {
13786 struct disp_data disp = { disp_disable, *(int *) countptr };
13787
13788 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13789 }
13790
13791 static void
13792 enable_count_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13793 {
13794 int count = get_number (&args);
13795
13796 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint, &count);
13797 }
13798
13799 static void
13800 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, void *ignore)
13801 {
13802 struct disp_data disp = { disp_del, 1 };
13803
13804 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt, do_enable_breakpoint_disp, &disp);
13805 }
13806
13807 static void
13808 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
13809 {
13810 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
13811 }
13812 \f
13813 static void
13814 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13815 {
13816 }
13817
13818 static void
13819 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
13820 {
13821 }
13822
13823 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13824 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13825 GDB itself. */
13826
13827 static void
13828 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (CORE_ADDR addr, int len,
13829 const bfd_byte *data)
13830 {
13831 struct breakpoint *bp;
13832
13833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
13834 if (bp->enable_state == bp_enabled
13835 && bp->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
13836 {
13837 struct watchpoint *wp = (struct watchpoint *) bp;
13838
13839 if (wp->val_valid && wp->val)
13840 {
13841 struct bp_location *loc;
13842
13843 for (loc = bp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next)
13844 if (loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13845 && loc->address + loc->length > addr
13846 && addr + len > loc->address)
13847 {
13848 value_free (wp->val);
13849 wp->val = NULL;
13850 wp->val_valid = 0;
13851 }
13852 }
13853 }
13854 }
13855
13856 /* Use the last displayed codepoint's values, or nothing
13857 if they aren't valid. */
13858
13859 struct symtabs_and_lines
13860 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int flags)
13861 {
13862 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
13863
13864 if (string == 0)
13865 error (_("Empty line specification."));
13866 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
13867 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags,
13868 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
13869 get_last_displayed_line ());
13870 else
13871 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, flags, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0);
13872 if (*string)
13873 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
13874 return sals;
13875 }
13876
13877 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
13878 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
13879 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
13880 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
13881 someday. */
13882
13883 void *
13884 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13885 struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc)
13886 {
13887 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
13888
13889 bp_tgt = XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info);
13890
13891 bp_tgt->placed_address_space = aspace;
13892 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
13893
13894 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt) != 0)
13895 {
13896 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
13897 xfree (bp_tgt);
13898 return NULL;
13899 }
13900
13901 return bp_tgt;
13902 }
13903
13904 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
13905 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
13906
13907 int
13908 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch, void *bp)
13909 {
13910 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
13911 int ret;
13912
13913 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch, bp_tgt);
13914 xfree (bp_tgt);
13915
13916 return ret;
13917 }
13918
13919 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
13920 stepping. */
13921
13922 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
13923 static struct gdbarch *single_step_gdbarch[2];
13924
13925 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13926
13927 void
13928 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch *gdbarch,
13929 struct address_space *aspace,
13930 CORE_ADDR next_pc)
13931 {
13932 void **bpt_p;
13933
13934 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
13935 {
13936 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
13937 single_step_gdbarch[0] = gdbarch;
13938 }
13939 else
13940 {
13941 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
13942 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
13943 single_step_gdbarch[1] = gdbarch;
13944 }
13945
13946 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
13947 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
13948 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
13949 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
13950 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
13951 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
13952
13953 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch, aspace, next_pc);
13954 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
13955 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
13956 paddress (gdbarch, next_pc));
13957 }
13958
13959 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
13960 were inserted or not. */
13961
13962 int
13963 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
13964 {
13965 return (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL
13966 || single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL);
13967 }
13968
13969 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
13970
13971 void
13972 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13973 {
13974 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
13975
13976 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
13977 call. */
13978 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[0],
13979 single_step_breakpoints[0]);
13980 single_step_gdbarch[0] = NULL;
13981 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
13982
13983 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
13984 {
13985 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[1],
13986 single_step_breakpoints[1]);
13987 single_step_gdbarch[1] = NULL;
13988 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
13989 }
13990 }
13991
13992 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
13993 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
13994 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
13995 exec. */
13996
13997 void
13998 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
13999 {
14000 int i;
14001
14002 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14003 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14004 {
14005 xfree (single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14006 single_step_breakpoints[i] = NULL;
14007 single_step_gdbarch[i] = NULL;
14008 }
14009 }
14010
14011 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
14012 removing them. */
14013
14014 static void
14015 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14016 {
14017 int i;
14018
14019 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14020 if (single_step_breakpoints[i])
14021 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch[i],
14022 single_step_breakpoints[i]);
14023 }
14024
14025 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14026 PC. */
14027
14028 static int
14029 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space *aspace,
14030 CORE_ADDR pc)
14031 {
14032 int i;
14033
14034 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
14035 {
14036 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
14037 if (bp_tgt
14038 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt->placed_address_space,
14039 bp_tgt->placed_address,
14040 aspace, pc))
14041 return 1;
14042 }
14043
14044 return 0;
14045 }
14046
14047 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
14048 non-zero otherwise. */
14049 static int
14050 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *bp)
14051 {
14052 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp)
14053 && bp->enable_state != bp_disabled
14054 && bp->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
14055 return 1;
14056 else
14057 return 0;
14058 }
14059
14060 int
14061 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
14062 {
14063 struct inferior *inf = current_inferior ();
14064
14065 return inf->total_syscalls_count != 0;
14066 }
14067
14068 int
14069 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number)
14070 {
14071 struct breakpoint *bp;
14072
14073 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp)
14074 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp))
14075 {
14076 struct syscall_catchpoint *c = (struct syscall_catchpoint *) bp;
14077
14078 if (c->syscalls_to_be_caught)
14079 {
14080 int i, iter;
14081 for (i = 0;
14082 VEC_iterate (int, c->syscalls_to_be_caught, i, iter);
14083 i++)
14084 if (syscall_number == iter)
14085 return 1;
14086 }
14087 else
14088 return 1;
14089 }
14090
14091 return 0;
14092 }
14093
14094 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
14095 static char **
14096 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14097 char *text, char *word)
14098 {
14099 const char **list = get_syscall_names ();
14100 char **retlist
14101 = (list == NULL) ? NULL : complete_on_enum (list, text, word);
14102
14103 xfree (list);
14104 return retlist;
14105 }
14106
14107 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14108
14109 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14110 static void
14111 set_tracepoint_count (int num)
14112 {
14113 tracepoint_count = num;
14114 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num);
14115 }
14116
14117 static void
14118 trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14119 {
14120 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14121 arg,
14122 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14123 0 /* tempflag */,
14124 bp_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14125 0 /* Ignore count */,
14126 pending_break_support,
14127 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14128 from_tty,
14129 1 /* enabled */,
14130 0 /* internal */))
14131 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14132 }
14133
14134 static void
14135 ftrace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14136 {
14137 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14138 arg,
14139 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14140 0 /* tempflag */,
14141 bp_fast_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14142 0 /* Ignore count */,
14143 pending_break_support,
14144 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14145 from_tty,
14146 1 /* enabled */,
14147 0 /* internal */))
14148 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14149 }
14150
14151 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14152
14153 static void
14154 strace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14155 {
14156 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14157
14158 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14159 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14160 if (arg && strncmp (arg, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg[2]))
14161 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14162 else
14163 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14164
14165 if (create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14166 arg,
14167 NULL, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
14168 0 /* tempflag */,
14169 bp_static_tracepoint /* type_wanted */,
14170 0 /* Ignore count */,
14171 pending_break_support,
14172 ops,
14173 from_tty,
14174 1 /* enabled */,
14175 0 /* internal */))
14176 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14177 }
14178
14179 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14180 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14181
14182 static struct uploaded_tp *this_utp;
14183 static int next_cmd;
14184
14185 static char *
14186 read_uploaded_action (void)
14187 {
14188 char *rslt;
14189
14190 VEC_iterate (char_ptr, this_utp->cmd_strings, next_cmd, rslt);
14191
14192 next_cmd++;
14193
14194 return rslt;
14195 }
14196
14197 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14198 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14199 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14200 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14201 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14202
14203 struct tracepoint *
14204 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp *utp)
14205 {
14206 char *addr_str, small_buf[100];
14207 struct tracepoint *tp;
14208
14209 if (utp->at_string)
14210 addr_str = utp->at_string;
14211 else
14212 {
14213 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14214 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14215 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14216 user. */
14217 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14218 "source location, using raw address"),
14219 utp->number);
14220 sprintf (small_buf, "*%s", hex_string (utp->addr));
14221 addr_str = small_buf;
14222 }
14223
14224 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14225 if (utp->cond && !utp->cond_string)
14226 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14227 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14228 utp->number);
14229
14230 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14231 addr_str,
14232 utp->cond_string, -1, 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14233 0 /* tempflag */,
14234 utp->type /* type_wanted */,
14235 0 /* Ignore count */,
14236 pending_break_support,
14237 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops,
14238 0 /* from_tty */,
14239 utp->enabled /* enabled */,
14240 0 /* internal */))
14241 return NULL;
14242
14243 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count);
14244
14245 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14246 tp = get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count);
14247 gdb_assert (tp != NULL);
14248
14249 if (utp->pass > 0)
14250 {
14251 sprintf (small_buf, "%d %d", utp->pass, tp->base.number);
14252
14253 trace_pass_command (small_buf, 0);
14254 }
14255
14256 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14257 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14258 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14259 function. */
14260 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->cmd_strings))
14261 {
14262 struct command_line *cmd_list;
14263
14264 this_utp = utp;
14265 next_cmd = 0;
14266
14267 cmd_list = read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action, 1, NULL, NULL);
14268
14269 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp->base, cmd_list);
14270 }
14271 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->actions)
14272 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr, utp->step_actions))
14273 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14274 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14275 utp->number);
14276
14277 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14278 tp->base.hit_count = utp->hit_count;
14279 tp->traceframe_usage = utp->traceframe_usage;
14280
14281 return tp;
14282 }
14283
14284 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14285 omitted. */
14286
14287 static void
14288 tracepoints_info (char *args, int from_tty)
14289 {
14290 struct ui_out *uiout = current_uiout;
14291 int num_printed;
14292
14293 num_printed = breakpoint_1 (args, 0, is_tracepoint);
14294
14295 if (num_printed == 0)
14296 {
14297 if (args == NULL || *args == '\0')
14298 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
14299 else
14300 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args);
14301 }
14302
14303 default_collect_info ();
14304 }
14305
14306 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14307 Not supported by all targets. */
14308 static void
14309 enable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14310 {
14311 enable_command (args, from_tty);
14312 }
14313
14314 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14315 Not supported by all targets. */
14316 static void
14317 disable_trace_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14318 {
14319 disable_command (args, from_tty);
14320 }
14321
14322 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14323 static void
14324 delete_trace_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14325 {
14326 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14327
14328 dont_repeat ();
14329
14330 if (arg == 0)
14331 {
14332 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
14333
14334 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14335 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14336 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14337 argument. */
14338 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14339 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14340 {
14341 breaks_to_delete = 1;
14342 break;
14343 }
14344
14345 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14346 if (!from_tty
14347 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14348 {
14349 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14350 if (is_tracepoint (b) && user_breakpoint_p (b))
14351 delete_breakpoint (b);
14352 }
14353 }
14354 else
14355 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, do_map_delete_breakpoint, NULL);
14356 }
14357
14358 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14359
14360 static void
14361 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint *tp, int count, int from_tty)
14362 {
14363 tp->pass_count = count;
14364 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (tp->base.number);
14365 if (from_tty)
14366 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14367 tp->base.number, count);
14368 }
14369
14370 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14371
14372 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14373 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14374 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14375
14376 static void
14377 trace_pass_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14378 {
14379 struct tracepoint *t1;
14380 unsigned int count;
14381
14382 if (args == 0 || *args == 0)
14383 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14384 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14385
14386 count = strtoul (args, &args, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14387
14388 while (*args && isspace ((int) *args))
14389 args++;
14390
14391 if (*args && strncasecmp (args, "all", 3) == 0)
14392 {
14393 struct breakpoint *b;
14394
14395 args += 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14396 if (*args)
14397 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14398
14399 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14400 {
14401 t1 = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14402 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14403 }
14404 }
14405 else if (*args == '\0')
14406 {
14407 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, NULL, 1);
14408 if (t1)
14409 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14410 }
14411 else
14412 {
14413 struct get_number_or_range_state state;
14414
14415 init_number_or_range (&state, args);
14416 while (!state.finished)
14417 {
14418 t1 = get_tracepoint_by_number (&args, &state, 1);
14419 if (t1)
14420 trace_pass_set_count (t1, count, from_tty);
14421 }
14422 }
14423 }
14424
14425 struct tracepoint *
14426 get_tracepoint (int num)
14427 {
14428 struct breakpoint *t;
14429
14430 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14431 if (t->number == num)
14432 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14433
14434 return NULL;
14435 }
14436
14437 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14438 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14439 reconnecting). */
14440
14441 struct tracepoint *
14442 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num)
14443 {
14444 struct breakpoint *b;
14445
14446 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b)
14447 {
14448 struct tracepoint *t = (struct tracepoint *) b;
14449
14450 if (t->number_on_target == num)
14451 return t;
14452 }
14453
14454 return NULL;
14455 }
14456
14457 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14458 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14459 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
14460 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14461 struct tracepoint *
14462 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg,
14463 struct get_number_or_range_state *state,
14464 int optional_p)
14465 {
14466 extern int tracepoint_count;
14467 struct breakpoint *t;
14468 int tpnum;
14469 char *instring = arg == NULL ? NULL : *arg;
14470
14471 if (state)
14472 {
14473 gdb_assert (!state->finished);
14474 tpnum = get_number_or_range (state);
14475 }
14476 else if (arg == NULL || *arg == NULL || ! **arg)
14477 {
14478 if (optional_p)
14479 tpnum = tracepoint_count;
14480 else
14481 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
14482 }
14483 else
14484 tpnum = get_number (arg);
14485
14486 if (tpnum <= 0)
14487 {
14488 if (instring && *instring)
14489 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14490 instring);
14491 else
14492 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
14493 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
14494 return NULL;
14495 }
14496
14497 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t)
14498 if (t->number == tpnum)
14499 {
14500 return (struct tracepoint *) t;
14501 }
14502
14503 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum);
14504 return NULL;
14505 }
14506
14507 void
14508 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint *b, struct ui_file *fp)
14509 {
14510 if (b->thread != -1)
14511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " thread %d", b->thread);
14512
14513 if (b->task != 0)
14514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " task %d", b->task);
14515
14516 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "\n");
14517 }
14518
14519 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14520 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14521 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14522 non-zero. */
14523
14524 static void
14525 save_breakpoints (char *filename, int from_tty,
14526 int (*filter) (const struct breakpoint *))
14527 {
14528 struct breakpoint *tp;
14529 int any = 0;
14530 char *pathname;
14531 struct cleanup *cleanup;
14532 struct ui_file *fp;
14533 int extra_trace_bits = 0;
14534
14535 if (filename == 0 || *filename == 0)
14536 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14537
14538 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14539 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14540 {
14541 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14542 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14543 continue;
14544
14545 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14546 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14547 continue;
14548
14549 any = 1;
14550
14551 if (is_tracepoint (tp))
14552 {
14553 extra_trace_bits = 1;
14554
14555 /* We can stop searching. */
14556 break;
14557 }
14558 }
14559
14560 if (!any)
14561 {
14562 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14563 return;
14564 }
14565
14566 pathname = tilde_expand (filename);
14567 cleanup = make_cleanup (xfree, pathname);
14568 fp = gdb_fopen (pathname, "w");
14569 if (!fp)
14570 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14571 filename, safe_strerror (errno));
14572 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp);
14573
14574 if (extra_trace_bits)
14575 save_trace_state_variables (fp);
14576
14577 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp)
14578 {
14579 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14580 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp))
14581 continue;
14582
14583 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14584 if (filter && !filter (tp))
14585 continue;
14586
14587 tp->ops->print_recreate (tp, fp);
14588
14589 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14590 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14591 instead. */
14592
14593 if (tp->cond_string)
14594 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp->cond_string);
14595
14596 if (tp->ignore_count)
14597 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp->ignore_count);
14598
14599 if (tp->commands)
14600 {
14601 volatile struct gdb_exception ex;
14602
14603 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " commands\n");
14604
14605 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, fp);
14606 TRY_CATCH (ex, RETURN_MASK_ALL)
14607 {
14608 print_command_lines (current_uiout, tp->commands->commands, 2);
14609 }
14610 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout, NULL);
14611
14612 if (ex.reason < 0)
14613 throw_exception (ex);
14614
14615 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, " end\n");
14616 }
14617
14618 if (tp->enable_state == bp_disabled)
14619 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable\n");
14620
14621 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14622 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14623 special, and not user visible. */
14624 if (!is_watchpoint (tp) && tp->loc && tp->loc->next)
14625 {
14626 struct bp_location *loc;
14627 int n = 1;
14628
14629 for (loc = tp->loc; loc != NULL; loc = loc->next, n++)
14630 if (!loc->enabled)
14631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n);
14632 }
14633 }
14634
14635 if (extra_trace_bits && *default_collect)
14636 fprintf_unfiltered (fp, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect);
14637
14638 do_cleanups (cleanup);
14639 if (from_tty)
14640 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename);
14641 }
14642
14643 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14644
14645 static void
14646 save_breakpoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14647 {
14648 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, NULL);
14649 }
14650
14651 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14652
14653 static void
14654 save_tracepoints_command (char *args, int from_tty)
14655 {
14656 save_breakpoints (args, from_tty, is_tracepoint);
14657 }
14658
14659 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
14660
14661 VEC(breakpoint_p) *
14662 all_tracepoints (void)
14663 {
14664 VEC(breakpoint_p) *tp_vec = 0;
14665 struct breakpoint *tp;
14666
14667 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp)
14668 {
14669 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p, tp_vec, tp);
14670 }
14671
14672 return tp_vec;
14673 }
14674
14675 \f
14676 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14677 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14678 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14679 command. */
14680 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14681 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
14682 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
14683 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
14684 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
14685 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
14686 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14687 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14688 \n\
14689 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14690 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14691 \n\
14692 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14693 conditions are different.\n\
14694 \n\
14695 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14696
14697 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14698 static struct cmd_list_element *catch_cmdlist;
14699
14700 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14701 static struct cmd_list_element *tcatch_cmdlist;
14702
14703 void
14704 add_catch_command (char *name, char *docstring,
14705 void (*sfunc) (char *args, int from_tty,
14706 struct cmd_list_element *command),
14707 char **(*completer) (struct cmd_list_element *cmd,
14708 char *text, char *word),
14709 void *user_data_catch,
14710 void *user_data_tcatch)
14711 {
14712 struct cmd_list_element *command;
14713
14714 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
14715 &catch_cmdlist);
14716 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
14717 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_catch);
14718 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
14719
14720 command = add_cmd (name, class_breakpoint, NULL, docstring,
14721 &tcatch_cmdlist);
14722 set_cmd_sfunc (command, sfunc);
14723 set_cmd_context (command, user_data_tcatch);
14724 set_cmd_completer (command, completer);
14725 }
14726
14727 static void
14728 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior *inf)
14729 {
14730 inf->total_syscalls_count = 0;
14731 inf->any_syscall_count = 0;
14732 VEC_free (int, inf->syscalls_counts);
14733 }
14734
14735 static void
14736 save_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
14737 {
14738 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
14739 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
14740 help_list (save_cmdlist, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout);
14741 }
14742
14743 struct breakpoint *
14744 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback) (struct breakpoint *, void *),
14745 void *data)
14746 {
14747 struct breakpoint *b, *b_tmp;
14748
14749 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, b_tmp)
14750 {
14751 if ((*callback) (b, data))
14752 return b;
14753 }
14754
14755 return NULL;
14756 }
14757
14758 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14759 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14760
14761 static int
14762 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint *b)
14763 {
14764 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14765 non-inline function. */
14766 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
14767 return 1;
14768
14769 return 0;
14770 }
14771
14772 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14773 have been inlined. */
14774
14775 int
14776 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space *aspace, CORE_ADDR pc,
14777 const struct target_waitstatus *ws)
14778 {
14779 struct breakpoint *b;
14780 struct bp_location *bl;
14781
14782 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
14783 {
14784 if (!is_non_inline_function (b))
14785 continue;
14786
14787 for (bl = b->loc; bl != NULL; bl = bl->next)
14788 {
14789 if (!bl->shlib_disabled
14790 && bpstat_check_location (bl, aspace, pc, ws))
14791 return 1;
14792 }
14793 }
14794
14795 return 0;
14796 }
14797
14798 void
14799 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14800 {
14801 static int initialized = 0;
14802
14803 struct breakpoint_ops *ops;
14804
14805 if (initialized)
14806 return;
14807 initialized = 1;
14808
14809 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14810 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14811 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14812 ops = &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14813 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14814 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14815 ops->insert_location = bkpt_insert_location;
14816 ops->remove_location = bkpt_remove_location;
14817 ops->breakpoint_hit = bkpt_breakpoint_hit;
14818 ops->create_sals_from_address = bkpt_create_sals_from_address;
14819 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal;
14820 ops->decode_linespec = bkpt_decode_linespec;
14821
14822 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14823 ops = &bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14824 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14825 ops->re_set = bkpt_re_set;
14826 ops->resources_needed = bkpt_resources_needed;
14827 ops->print_it = bkpt_print_it;
14828 ops->print_mention = bkpt_print_mention;
14829 ops->print_recreate = bkpt_print_recreate;
14830
14831 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14832 ops = &ranged_breakpoint_ops;
14833 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14834 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint;
14835 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint;
14836 ops->print_it = print_it_ranged_breakpoint;
14837 ops->print_one = print_one_ranged_breakpoint;
14838 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint;
14839 ops->print_mention = print_mention_ranged_breakpoint;
14840 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint;
14841
14842 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14843 ops = &internal_breakpoint_ops;
14844 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14845 ops->re_set = internal_bkpt_re_set;
14846 ops->check_status = internal_bkpt_check_status;
14847 ops->print_it = internal_bkpt_print_it;
14848 ops->print_mention = internal_bkpt_print_mention;
14849
14850 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14851 ops = &momentary_breakpoint_ops;
14852 *ops = bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops;
14853 ops->re_set = momentary_bkpt_re_set;
14854 ops->check_status = momentary_bkpt_check_status;
14855 ops->print_it = momentary_bkpt_print_it;
14856 ops->print_mention = momentary_bkpt_print_mention;
14857
14858 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
14859 ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
14860 *ops = bkpt_breakpoint_ops;
14861 ops->print_it = print_it_exception_catchpoint;
14862 ops->print_one = print_one_exception_catchpoint;
14863 ops->print_mention = print_mention_exception_catchpoint;
14864 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_exception_catchpoint;
14865
14866 /* Watchpoints. */
14867 ops = &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14868 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14869 ops->dtor = dtor_watchpoint;
14870 ops->re_set = re_set_watchpoint;
14871 ops->insert_location = insert_watchpoint;
14872 ops->remove_location = remove_watchpoint;
14873 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_watchpoint;
14874 ops->check_status = check_status_watchpoint;
14875 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_watchpoint;
14876 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_watchpoint;
14877 ops->print_it = print_it_watchpoint;
14878 ops->print_mention = print_mention_watchpoint;
14879 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_watchpoint;
14880
14881 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14882 ops = &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14883 *ops = watchpoint_breakpoint_ops;
14884 ops->insert_location = insert_masked_watchpoint;
14885 ops->remove_location = remove_masked_watchpoint;
14886 ops->resources_needed = resources_needed_masked_watchpoint;
14887 ops->works_in_software_mode = works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint;
14888 ops->print_it = print_it_masked_watchpoint;
14889 ops->print_one_detail = print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint;
14890 ops->print_mention = print_mention_masked_watchpoint;
14891 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_masked_watchpoint;
14892
14893 /* Tracepoints. */
14894 ops = &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14895 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14896 ops->re_set = tracepoint_re_set;
14897 ops->breakpoint_hit = tracepoint_breakpoint_hit;
14898 ops->print_one_detail = tracepoint_print_one_detail;
14899 ops->print_mention = tracepoint_print_mention;
14900 ops->print_recreate = tracepoint_print_recreate;
14901 ops->create_sals_from_address = tracepoint_create_sals_from_address;
14902 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal;
14903 ops->decode_linespec = tracepoint_decode_linespec;
14904
14905 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14906 ops = &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops;
14907 *ops = tracepoint_breakpoint_ops;
14908 ops->create_sals_from_address = strace_marker_create_sals_from_address;
14909 ops->create_breakpoints_sal = strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal;
14910 ops->decode_linespec = strace_marker_decode_linespec;
14911
14912 /* Fork catchpoints. */
14913 ops = &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops;
14914 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14915 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_fork;
14916 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_fork;
14917 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_fork;
14918 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_fork;
14919 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_fork;
14920 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_fork;
14921 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_fork;
14922
14923 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
14924 ops = &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops;
14925 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14926 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_vfork;
14927 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_vfork;
14928 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork;
14929 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_vfork;
14930 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_vfork;
14931 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_vfork;
14932 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_vfork;
14933
14934 /* Exec catchpoints. */
14935 ops = &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops;
14936 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14937 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_exec;
14938 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_exec;
14939 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_exec;
14940 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_exec;
14941 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_exec;
14942 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_exec;
14943 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_exec;
14944 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_exec;
14945
14946 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
14947 ops = &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops;
14948 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14949 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_syscall;
14950 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_syscall;
14951 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_syscall;
14952 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall;
14953 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_syscall;
14954 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_syscall;
14955 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_syscall;
14956 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_syscall;
14957
14958 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14959 ops = &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops;
14960 *ops = base_breakpoint_ops;
14961 ops->dtor = dtor_catch_solib;
14962 ops->insert_location = insert_catch_solib;
14963 ops->remove_location = remove_catch_solib;
14964 ops->breakpoint_hit = breakpoint_hit_catch_solib;
14965 ops->check_status = check_status_catch_solib;
14966 ops->print_it = print_it_catch_solib;
14967 ops->print_one = print_one_catch_solib;
14968 ops->print_mention = print_mention_catch_solib;
14969 ops->print_recreate = print_recreate_catch_solib;
14970 }
14971
14972 void
14973 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
14974 {
14975 struct cmd_list_element *c;
14976
14977 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14978
14979 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
14980 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts);
14981 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change);
14982
14983 breakpoint_objfile_key = register_objfile_data ();
14984
14985 breakpoint_chain = 0;
14986 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14987 before a breakpoint is set. */
14988 breakpoint_count = 0;
14989
14990 tracepoint_count = 0;
14991
14992 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
14993 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14994 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14995 if (xdb_commands)
14996 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
14997
14998 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
14999 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15000 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15001 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15002 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15003 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15004 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15005 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15006
15007 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
15008 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15009 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15010 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15011
15012 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
15013 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15014 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15015 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15016 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15017 \n"
15018 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15019 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15020
15021 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
15022 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15023 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15024 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15025 \n"
15026 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15027 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15028
15029 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
15030 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15031 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15032 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15033 \n"
15034 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15035 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15036
15037 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15038 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15039 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15040 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15041 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15042 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15043 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15044 if (xdb_commands)
15045 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15046 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15047 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15048 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15049 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15050 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
15051
15052 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15053
15054 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
15055 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15056 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15057 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15058 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15059 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
15060
15061 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15062 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15063 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15064 &enablebreaklist);
15065
15066 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15067 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15068 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15069 &enablebreaklist);
15070
15071 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15072 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15073 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15074 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15075 &enablebreaklist);
15076
15077 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
15078 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15079 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15080 &enablelist);
15081
15082 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
15083 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15084 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15085 &enablelist);
15086
15087 add_cmd ("count", no_class, enable_count_command, _("\
15088 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15089 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15090 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15091 &enablelist);
15092
15093 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15094 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15095 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15096 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15097 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15098 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
15099 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15100 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
15101 if (xdb_commands)
15102 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
15103 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15104 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15105 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15106 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
15107
15108 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
15109 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
15110 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15111 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15112 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15113 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15114 &disablelist);
15115
15116 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15117 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15118 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15119 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15120 \n\
15121 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
15122 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
15123 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
15124 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15125 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
15126 if (xdb_commands)
15127 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
15128 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
15129 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15130 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
15131
15132 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
15133 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15134 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15135 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15136 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15137 &deletelist);
15138
15139 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
15140 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
15141 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15142 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
15143 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
15144 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
15145 \n\
15146 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15147 is executing in.\n\
15148 \n\
15149 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15150 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint, 1);
15151
15152 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
15153 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
15154 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15155 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15156
15157 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
15158 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
15159 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
15160 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
15161
15162 if (xdb_commands)
15163 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
15164
15165 if (dbx_commands)
15166 {
15167 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
15168 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15169 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
15170 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
15171 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
15172 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
15173 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
15174 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
15175 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15176 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15177 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15178 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15179 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15180 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15181 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15182 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15183 \n\
15184 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15185 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15186 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15187 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15188 breakpoint set."));
15189 }
15190
15191 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
15192 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15193 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15194 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15195 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15196 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15197 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15198 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15199 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15200 \n\
15201 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15202 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15203 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15204 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15205 breakpoint set."));
15206
15207 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15208
15209 if (xdb_commands)
15210 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
15211 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15212 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15213 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15214 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15215 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15216 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15217 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15218 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15219 \n\
15220 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15221 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15222 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15223 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15224 breakpoint set."));
15225
15226 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
15227 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15228 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15229 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15230 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15231 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15232 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15233 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15234 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15235 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15236 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15237 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15238 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15239 \n\
15240 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15241 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15242 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15243 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15244 breakpoint set."),
15245 &maintenanceinfolist);
15246
15247 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
15248 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15249 &catch_cmdlist, "catch ",
15250 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15251
15252 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
15253 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15254 &tcatch_cmdlist, "tcatch ",
15255 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15256
15257 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
15258 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
15259 Catch an exception, when caught."),
15260 catch_catch_command,
15261 NULL,
15262 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15263 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15264 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
15265 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
15266 catch_throw_command,
15267 NULL,
15268 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15269 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15270 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15271 catch_fork_command_1,
15272 NULL,
15273 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent,
15274 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary);
15275 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15276 catch_fork_command_1,
15277 NULL,
15278 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent,
15279 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary);
15280 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15281 catch_exec_command_1,
15282 NULL,
15283 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15284 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15285 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15286 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15287 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15288 catch_load_command_1,
15289 NULL,
15290 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15291 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15292 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15293 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15294 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15295 catch_unload_command_1,
15296 NULL,
15297 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15298 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15299 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
15300 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
15301 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
15302 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
15303 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
15304 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
15305 catch_syscall_command_1,
15306 catch_syscall_completer,
15307 CATCH_PERMANENT,
15308 CATCH_TEMPORARY);
15309
15310 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
15311 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15312 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15313 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15314 an expression changes.\n\
15315 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15316 the memory to which it refers."));
15317 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15318
15319 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
15320 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15321 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15322 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15323 an expression is read.\n\
15324 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15325 the memory to which it refers."));
15326 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15327
15328 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
15329 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15330 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15331 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15332 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15333 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15334 the memory to which it refers."));
15335 set_cmd_completer (c, expression_completer);
15336
15337 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info, _("\
15338 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15339
15340 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15341 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15342 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
15343 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
15344 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15345 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15346 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15347 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15348 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15349 hardware.)"),
15350 NULL,
15351 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
15352 &setlist, &showlist);
15353
15354 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
15355
15356 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15357
15358 c = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint, trace_command, _("\
15359 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15360 \n"
15361 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15362 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15363 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15364
15365 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias, 0);
15366 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15367 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15368 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias, 1);
15369
15370 c = add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint, ftrace_command, _("\
15371 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
15372 \n"
15373 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15374 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15375 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15376
15377 c = add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint, strace_command, _("\
15378 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
15379 \n\
15380 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15381 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
15382 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
15383 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
15384 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
15385 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
15386 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
15387 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
15388 the selected stack frame.\n\
15389 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15390 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15391 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15392 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15393 \n\
15394 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15395 \n\
15396 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15397 conditions are different.\n\
15398 \n\
15399 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15400 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15401 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
15402
15403 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info, _("\
15404 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15405 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15406 last tracepoint set."));
15407
15408 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15409
15410 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, delete_trace_command, _("\
15411 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15412 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15413 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15414 &deletelist);
15415
15416 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, disable_trace_command, _("\
15417 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15418 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15419 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15420 &disablelist);
15421 deprecate_cmd (c, "disable");
15422
15423 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, enable_trace_command, _("\
15424 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15425 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15426 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15427 &enablelist);
15428 deprecate_cmd (c, "enable");
15429
15430 add_com ("passcount", class_trace, trace_pass_command, _("\
15431 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15432 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15433 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15434 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15435
15436 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint, save_command,
15437 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15438 &save_cmdlist, "save ",
15439 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist);
15440
15441 c = add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, save_breakpoints_command, _("\
15442 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15443 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15444 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15445 session to restore them."),
15446 &save_cmdlist);
15447 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15448
15449 c = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace, save_tracepoints_command, _("\
15450 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15451 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15452 &save_cmdlist);
15453 set_cmd_completer (c, filename_completer);
15454
15455 c = add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace, 0);
15456 deprecate_cmd (c, "save tracepoints");
15457
15458 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15459 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15460 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15461 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15462 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
15463 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
15464 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
15465 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
15466 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15467 pending breakpoint behavior"),
15468 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
15469 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
15470
15471 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
15472 &pending_break_support, _("\
15473 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15474 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15475 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15476 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15477 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15478 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15479 NULL,
15480 show_pending_break_support,
15481 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15482 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15483
15484 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
15485
15486 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
15487 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
15488 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15489 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15490 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15491 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15492 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15493 NULL,
15494 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
15495 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15496 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15497
15498 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support,
15499 always_inserted_enums, &always_inserted_mode, _("\
15500 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15501 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15502 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
15503 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
15504 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
15505 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
15506 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
15507 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
15508 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
15509 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
15510 NULL,
15511 &show_always_inserted_mode,
15512 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15513 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15514
15515 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint,
15516 condition_evaluation_enums,
15517 &condition_evaluation_mode_1, _("\
15518 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15519 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15520 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15521 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15522 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15523 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15524 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15525 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15526 be set to \"gdb\""),
15527 &set_condition_evaluation_mode,
15528 &show_condition_evaluation_mode,
15529 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
15530 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
15531
15532 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint, break_range_command, _("\
15533 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15534 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15535 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15536 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15537 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15538 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15539 or the start of the range\n\
15540 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15541 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15542 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15543 \n\
15544 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15545 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15546 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15547
15548 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
15549
15550 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed);
15551 }